ejung/sdes_lab
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

removed unused header files

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Kai-Bjoern Gemlau
2022-04-06 15:37:53 +02:00
parent 12e29e24b8
commit 3338b657cf
61 changed files with 0 additions and 10634 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

81
src/APP/Aufgabe1/ps7/core0/cfg/app_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* (c) Copyright 2014-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* This BSP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* Filename : app_cfg.h
* Version : V1.42
* Programmer(s) : JBL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#define UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#include <lib_def.h>
#include <xparameters.h>
#define APP_CPU_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_LIB_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_COMMON_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_SHELL_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_CLK_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSIII_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSII_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_EXP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DHCPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DNSC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_HTTPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_MQTTC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TELNETS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_IPERF_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_FS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBD_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBH_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OPENAMP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define OS_TASK_TMR_PRIO 3
#endif /* #ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT */

202
src/APP/Aufgabe1/ps7/core0/cfg/can_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN
* The Embedded CAN suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2003-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/CAN is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN CONFIGURATION
*
* ZYNQ ZC7000 Series
* CAN DRIVER
* Filename : can_cfg.h
* Version : V2.41.00
* Programmer(s) : E0
* DC
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_
#define _CAN_CFG_H_
#include "lib_def.h"
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMMON DEFINES & ENUMERATIONS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Definiton for CANSIG_GRANULARITY, Options: */
#define CAN_CFG_BIT 0u /* BIT */
#define CAN_CFG_BYTE 1u /* BYTE */
#ifndef CAN_FALSE
#define CAN_FALSE 0u
#endif
#ifndef CAN_TRUE
#define CAN_TRUE 1u
#endif
#ifndef NULL_PTR
#define NULL_PTR (void *)0
#endif
/* ------------ APPLICATION ENUMERATIONS -------------- */
enum {
S_NODESTATUS = 0,
S_CPULOAD,
S_COUNTER,
S_MAX,
};
enum {
M_STATUS = 0,
M_COMMAND,
M_MAX
};
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MULTIPLE CAN CONTROLLERS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_0 DEF_ENABLED
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_1 DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DRIVER SPECIFIC DEFINES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ---------------- BAUDRATE SETTINGS ----------------- */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_BAUDRATE 1000000u /* Default Baudrate */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_SP 750u /* Default Bit Sample Point in 1/10 % */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_RJW 125u /* Default Re-Synch Jump Width in 1/10 % */
/* ---------------- TIMEOUT SETTINGS ------------------ */
#define CAN_TIMEOUT_ERR_VAL 100000uL /* Timeout Value for While Loop Error Checks */
/* ================================== ADVANCED DRIVER CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By Default, the following Driver specific settings for the ZYNQ ZC7xxx Driver are set to their default values */
/* unless they are modified by customer needs. */
/* */
/* By Default, the Watermark level is configured to Maximum Watermark Value in the Driver, based on the reset value */
/* presented by the Reference Manual. Redefine the following define to modify the Watermark Level for the following. */
/* Tx FIFO Empty & Rx FIFO Full Watermark Level(s): */
/* NOTE : The VALID range is between 1 & 63. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_WATERMARK_Rx_Tx_SIZE 63u */
/* */
/* By Default, the Operating Mode of the CAN controller is configured to "NORMAL" Mode. For diagnostic checking, */
/* additional operating modes have been included in the driver. Redefine the following define to modify the Operating */
/* Mode to either "LOOP BACK" or "SNOOP" Mode(s). */
/* NOTE that only one operating mode can be selected at once at Initialization. Once CAN has been Initialized it */
/* is possible to change between Operating Modes at run-time using the xxx_CAN_IoCtl() API Function call. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_OFF 0u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK 1u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SNOOP 2u */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SELECT CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK */
/* */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN BUS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANBUS_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Bus Management */
#define CANBUS_N 3u /* Number of busses */
#define CANBUS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANBUS_TX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusTxHandler */
#define CANBUS_RX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusRxHandler */
#define CANBUS_NS_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusNsHandler */
#define CANBUS_STAT_EN 1u /* Enable Bus Statistics */
#define CANBUS_TX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Transmit Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_RX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Receive Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_NS_EN 1u /* Enable Node Status Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_RX_EN 1u /* Enable Rx Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_RX_READ_ALWAYS_EN 1u /* If enabled the Rx Handler executes a read even.. */
/* .. when frames can't be allocated */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN MESSAGE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANMSG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Message Support */
#define CANMSG_N 2u /* Number of messages */
#define CANMSG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN SIGNAL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANSIG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Signal Database */
#define CANSIG_N 3u /* Number of signals */
#define CANSIG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANSIG_MAX_WIDTH 4u /* Maximal signal width in byte */
#define CANSIG_GRANULARITY CAN_CFG_BYTE /* Set signal resolution to byte */
#define CANSIG_STATIC_CONFIG 1u /* To reduce memory usage, declare static signal table */
#define CANSIG_USE_DELETE 0u /* To reduce memory usage don't use delete functions */
#define CANSIG_CALLBACK_EN 0u /* Enable callback functions */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN FRAME
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANFRM_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN OS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANOS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CONFIGURATION END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* #ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_ */

146
src/APP/Aufgabe1/ps7/core0/cfg/dhcp-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DHCPc
* Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Client
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DHCP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DHCP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dhcp-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.10.00
* Programmer(s) : SR
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
* Notes: (1) Task priorities configuration values should be used by the DHCPc OS port. The following task priorities
* should be defined:
*
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO
*
* Task priorities can be defined either in this configuration file 'dhcp-c_cfg.h' or in a global
* OS tasks priorities configuration header file which must be included in 'dhcp-c_cfg.h'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* See Note #1. */
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 13
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO 14
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size (depth) of the task stacks (See the definition of CPU_STK for stack width)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 512
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_STK_SIZE 256
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc
*
* Note(s) : (1) Default port for DHCP server is 67, and default port for DHCP client is 68.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF to the maximum number of interface this DHCP client will
* be able to manage at a given time.
*
* (4) Once the DHCP server has assigned the client an address, the later may perform a final
* check prior to use this address in order to make sure it is not being used by another
* host on the network.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_SERVER 67
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_CLIENT 68
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_RX_TIMEOUT_MS 1000
#define DHCPc_CFG_PARAM_REQ_TBL_SIZE 5
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
#define DHCPc_CFG_ADDR_VALIDATE_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* ... (see Note #4) : */
/* DEF_DISABLED Validation NOT performed */
/* DEF_ENABLED Validation performed */
#define DHCPc_CFG_DYN_LOCAL_LINK_ADDR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED local-link configuration DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED local-link configuration ENABLED */
#define DHCPc_CFG_LOCAL_LINK_MAX_RETRY 3
/* link-local address. */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client internal debug
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #3) : */
#define DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */

111
src/APP/Aufgabe1/ps7/core0/cfg/dns-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DNSc
* Domain Name Server (client)
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DNSc is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DNS CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dns-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.00.01
* Programmer(s) : AA
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/dns-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DNS client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* See Note 1. */
#define DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED External argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED External argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc FEATURES CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN to enable/disable the DNS client asynchronous communication mode:
*
* (a) When ENABLED, A dedicated task will handle all host resolution request. It will be possible to
* call DNS API to get remote host address without blocking.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always block until the resolution is completed.
*
* (2) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the asynchronous
* communication is enabled.
*
* (a) When ENABLED, It will be possible to block when calling the DNS API to get remote host until the
* resolution is completed (via a flag option).
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always be non-blocking, must poll DNS client to
* know when the resolution is completed.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure asynchronous mode feature, See Note #1 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Asynchronous mode DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Asynchronous mode ENABLED */
/* Configure blocking option feature, See Note #2 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Blocking option DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Blocking option ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc RUN-TIME STRUCTURE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) These structures should be defined into a 'C' file.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const DNSc_CFG DNSc_Cfg; /* Must always be defined. */
#if (DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN == DEF_ENABLED)
extern const DNSc_CFG_TASK DNSc_CfgTask; /* Not required when Asynchronous mode is disabled. */
#endif
#endif

224
src/APP/Aufgabe1/ps7/core0/cfg/http-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/HTTP
* Hypertext Transfer Protocol
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/HTTP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* HTTP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : http-c_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.01
* Programmer(s) : MM
* AL
*********************************************************************************************************
* Note(s) : (1) Assumes the following versions (or more recent) of software modules are included in
* the project build :
*
* (a) uC/CPU V1.29.02
* (b) uC/LIB V1.38.00
* (c) uC/Common V1.00.00
* (d) uC/TCP-IP V3.03.00
*
*
* (2) For additional details on the features available with uC/HTTPc, the API, the
* installation, etc. Please refer to the uC/HTTPc documentation available at
* https://doc.micrium.com/HTTPc.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <Common/http.h>
#include <Client/Source/http-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMPILE-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the HTTP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT TASK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN to enable/disable HTTP client task.
* (a) DEF_DISABLED : No HTTP client task will be created to process the HTTP requests.
* The Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled.
*
* (b) DEF_ENABLED : An HTTP client task will be created to process all the HTTP requests.
* The Non-Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled. Therefore, multiple
* connections can be handle by the task simultaneously.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the
* asynchronous HTTPc Task is enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT PERSISTENT CONNECTION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN to enable/disable Persistent Connection support.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT CHUNKED TRANSFER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN to enable/disable Chunked Transfer support in Transmission.
*
* (2) Chunked Transfer in Reception is always enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT QUERY STRING CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN to enable/disable Query String support in URL.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT HEADER FIELD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in reception
* (i.e for headers received in the HTTP response.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in transmission
* (i.e for headers to include in the HTTP request.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT FORM CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN to enable/disable HTTP form creation source code.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT USER DATA CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN to enable/disable user data pointer in HTTPc_CONN
* and HTTPc_REQ structure.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT WEBSOCKET CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN to enable/disable the Websocket feature.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* RUN-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const HTTP_TASK_CFG HTTPc_TaskCfg;
extern const HTTPc_CFG HTTPc_Cfg;
/* =============================================== END =============================================== */
#endif /* HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

676
src/APP/Aufgabe1/ps7/core0/cfg/net_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,676 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_cfg.h
* Version : V3.03.01
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <net_def.h>
#include <net_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK EXTERNAL APPLICATION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) When uC/DNS-Client is present in the project some high level functions can resolve hostname.
* So uC/TCPIP should know that uC/DNS-Client is present to call the proper API.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure DNS Client feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_EXT_MODULE_CFG_DNS_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED DNS Client is DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED DNS Client is ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network task maps to a unique, developer-configured task configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to Net_Init().
*
* (b) Since these task configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetRxTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTxDeallocTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTmrTaskCfg;
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS Q CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Rx queue size should be configured such that it reflects the total number of DMA receive descriptors on all
* devices. If DMA is not available, or a combination of DMA and I/O based interfaces are configured then this
* number reflects the maximum number of packets that can be acknowledged and signalled during a single receive
* interrupt event for all interfaces.
*
* (2) Tx queue size should be defined to be the total number of small and large transmit buffers declared for
* all interfaces.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_CFG_IF_RX_Q_SIZE 100
#define NET_CFG_IF_TX_DEALLOC_Q_SIZE 100
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) uC/TCP-IP code may call optimized assembly functions. Optimized assembly files/functions must be included
* in the project to be enabled. Optimized functions are located in files under folders:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Ports/<processor>/<compiler>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network protocol suite's assembly ... */
/* ... optimization (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CFG_OPTIMIZE_ASM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Assembly optimization DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Assembly optimization ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEBUG CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite external
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite internal,
* debug argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK COUNTER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite statistics counters.
*
* (2) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite error counters.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure statistics counter feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Stat counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Stat counters ENABLED */
/* Configure error counter feature (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Error counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Error counters ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK TIMER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR with the desired number of network TIMER objects.
*
* Timers are required for :
*
* (a) ARP & NDP cache entries
* (b) IP fragment reassembly
* (c) TCP state machine connections
* (d) IF Link status check-up
*
* (2) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ to schedule the execution frequency of the network timer
* task -- how often NetTmr_TaskHandler() is scheduled to run per second as implemented in
* NetTmr_Task().
*
* (a) NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ MUST NOT be configured as a floating-point frequency.
*
* See also 'net_tmr.h NETWORK TIMER TASK TIME DEFINES Notes #1 & #2'
* & 'net_tmr.c NetTmr_Task() Notes #1 & #2'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR 100
#define NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ 10
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK INTERFACE LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_IF_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
/* Configure specific interface(s) : */
#define NET_IF_CFG_LOOPBACK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_ETHER_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_WIFI_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Interface type DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED interface type ENABLED */
#define NET_IF_CFG_TX_SUSPEND_TIMEOUT_MS 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* ADDRESS RESOLUTION PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Address resolution protocol ONLY required for IPv4.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_ARP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 3
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NEIGHBOR DISCOVERY PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Neighbor Discovery Protocol ONLY required for IPv6.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_NDP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_DEST_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_PREFIX_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_ROUTER_NBR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET PROTOCOL LAYER VERSION CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv4
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv4 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv4 enabled. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv6
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv6. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Stateless Address Auto-Configuration. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_ADDR_AUTO_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Duplication Address Detection (DAD). */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_DAD_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 DAD disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 DAD enabled. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET GROUP MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL(MULTICAST) LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4 multicast support : */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Multicast rx or tx disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED Multicast rx or tx enabled. */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_HOST_GRP_NBR_MAX 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SOCKET LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) The maximum accept queue size represents the number of connection that can be queued by
* the stack before being accepted. For a TCP server when a connection is queued, it means
* that the SYN, ACK packet has been sent back, so the remote host can start transmitting
* data once the connection is queued and the stack will queue up all data received until
* the connection is accepted and the data is read.
*
* (2) Receive and transmit queue size MUST be properly configured to optimize performance.
*
* (a) It represents the number of bytes that can be queued by one socket. It's important
* that all socket are not able to queue more data than what the device can hold in its
* buffers.
*
* (b) The size should be also a multiple of the maximum segment size (MSS) to optimize
* performance. UDP MSS is 1470 and TCP MSS is 1460.
*
* (c) RX and TX queue size can be reduce at runtime using socket option API.
*
* (d) Window calculation example:
*
* Number of TCP connection : 2
* Number of UDP connection : 0
* Number of RX large buffer : 10
* Number of TX Large buffer : 6
* Number of TX small buffer : 2
* Size of RX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX small buffer : 60
*
* TCP MSS RX = 1460
* TCP MSS TX large buffer = 1460
* TCP MSS TX small buffer = 0
*
* Maximum receive window = (10 * 1460) = 14600 bytes
* Maximum transmit window = (6 * 1460) + (2 * 0) = 8760 bytes
*
* RX window size per socket = (14600 / 2) = 7300 bytes
* TX window size per socket = (8760 / 2) = 4380 bytes
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_TCP 2
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_UDP 1
/* Configure socket select functionality : */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SEL_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Socket select DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Socket select ENABLED */
/* Configure stream-type sockets' accept queue */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_CONN_ACCEPT_Q_SIZE_MAX 2
/* Configure sockets' buffer sizes in number of octets */
/* (see Note #2): */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
/* ================================== ADVANCED SOCKET CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By default sockets are set to block. Add the following define to set all sockets as non-blocking. Note that it's */
/* possible to change socket's blocking mode at runtime using socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_NO_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED */
/* */
/* By default random port start at 65000, redefine the following define to modify where random port start: */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_PORT_NBR_RANDOM_BASE 65000u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeouts. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_RX_Q_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_REQ_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACCEPT_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_CLOSE_MS 10000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure TCP support : */
#define NET_TCP_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED TCP layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED TCP layer ENABLED */
/* ========================================= ADVANCED TCP LAYER CONFIGURATION ========================================= */
/* By default TCP RX and TX windows are set to equal the socket RX and TX queue sizes. Default values can be changed by */
/* redefining the following defines. TCP windows must be properly configured to optimize performance (see note about */
/* Socket TX and RX windows). Note that it's possible to decrease window size at run time using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_RX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* */
/* As shown in the TCP state diagram (see RFC #793), before moving from 'TIME-WAIT' state to 'CLOSED' state a timeout */
/* (2MSL) must expire. This means that the TCP connection cannot be made available for subsequent TCP connections until */
/* this timeout. It can be a problem for embedded systems with low resources especially when many TCP connections are */
/* made in a small period of time since it is possible to run out of free TCP connections quickly. Therefore this */
/* timeout is set to 0 by default to avoid this kind of problem and the connection is made available as soon as the */
/* 'TIME-WAIT' state is reached. However, it's possible to set the default MSL timeout to something else by redefining */
/* the following define. Note that it is possible to change the MSL timeout for a specific TCP connection using Socket */
/* option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_MAX_SEG_SEC 0u */
/* */
/* To avoid leaving a connection in the FIN_WAIT_2 state forever when a connection moves from the 'FIN_WAIT_1' state to */
/* the FIN_WAIT_2, the TCP connection's timer is set to 15 second, and when it expires the connection is dropped. Thus, */
/* if the other host doesn't response to the close request, the connection will still be closed after the timeout. */
/* This default timeout can be change by redefining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_FIN_WAIT_2_SEC 15u */
/* */
/* The number of TCP connections is configured following the number of TCP sockets and the accept queue size when the */
/* MSL is set to 0 ms. However, since the default MSL can be modified, it might be needed to increase the number of TCP */
/* connections to establish more connections when waiting for the MSL expiration. It is possible to add more TCP */
/* connections by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_NBR_CONN 0u */
/* */
/* By default an 'ACK' is generated within 500 ms of the arrival of the first unacknowledged packet, as specified in */
/* RFC #2581, Section 4.2. However it's possible to modify this value by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACK_DLY_MS 500u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeout. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_RX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_TX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_APP_API_SEL with the desired configuration for demultiplexing
* UDP datagrams to application connections :
*
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to application-specific
* connections ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets first;
* if NO socket connection found to demultiplex
* a UDP datagram, demultiplex to application-
* specific connection.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxDatagram() Note #1'
* & 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxAppData() Note #1'.
*
* (2) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally ... discard
* ... [or allow] ... received ... UDP datagrams without checksums".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN to enable/disable discarding of UDP
* datagrams received with NO computed check-sum :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are discarded.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are flagged so
* that application(s) may handle &/or discard.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktValidate() Note #4d3A'.
*
* (3) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally be able to
* control whether a UDP checksum will be generated".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN to enable/disable transmitting UDP datagrams
* with check-sums :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted with a computed check-sum.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted without a computed check-sum.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_TxPktPrepareHdr() Note #3b'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure UDP Receive Check-Sum Discard feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED UDP Check-Sums Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Validated */
/* DEF_ENABLED UDP Datagrams Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Discarded */
/* Configure UDP Transmit Check-Sum feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #3b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Transmit Check-Sums DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Transmit Check-Sums ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SECURITY MANAGER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) The network security layer can be enabled ONLY if the application project contains a secure module
* supported by uC/TCPIP such as:
*
* (a) NanoSSL provided by Mocana.
* (b) CyaSSL provided by YaSSL.
*
* (2) The network security port must be also added to the project. Security port can be found under the folder:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Secure/<module>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network security layer (See Note #1 & #2): */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Security layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Security layer ENABLED */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_SERVER 2u /* Configure total number of server secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_CLIENT 2u /* Configure total number of client secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers certificate maximum length (bytes) */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_KEY_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers key maximum length (bytes) */
/* Configure maximum number of certificate authorities */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_CA 1u /* that can be installed. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CA_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure CA certificate maximum length (bytes) */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERFACE CHECKSUM OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) These configuration can be enabled only if all your interfaces support specific checksum offload
* option.
*
* (2) By default a driver should enabled the all checksum offload option.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ========================================== ADVANCED OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION ========================================== */
/* By default all checksum are validated by the stack however it is possible to enable or disable specific checksum */
/* validate and calculation if the interface controller is able to achieve it. You can add the following define in this */
/* file to change the default behavior. */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- IPv4 CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- ICMP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- UDP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- TCP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/* ======================================================= END ======================================================== */
#endif /* NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED

115
src/APP/Aufgabe1/ps7/core0/cfg/net_xil_ether_lite_dev_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_dev_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.00
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*
* Note(s) : (1) This network device configuration header file is protected from multiple pre-processor
* inclusion through use of the network module present pre-processor macro definition.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT /* See Note #1. */
#define NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/net_cfg_net.h>
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_ether.h>
#endif
#ifdef NET_IF_WIFI_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_wifi.h>
#endif
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network device maps to a unique, developer-configured device configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_dev_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to NetIF_Add().
*
* (b) Since these device configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures. However,
* the following naming convention is suggested for all developer-configured network
* device configuration structures :
*
* NetDev_Cfg_<Device>[_Number]
*
* where
* <Device> Name of device or device driver
* [Number] Network device number for each specific instance of
* device (optional if the development board does NOT
* support multiple instances of the specific device)
*
* Examples :
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_MACB; Ethernet configuration for MACB
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_0; Ethernet configuration for FEC #0
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_1; Ethernet configuration for FEC #1
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_WIFI NetDev_Cfg_RS9110N21_0; Wireless configuration for RS9110-N-21
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
extern NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_AXIEthernetLite_0;
extern NET_PHY_CFG_ETHER NetPhy_Cfg_Ether_0;
#endif /* NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

96
src/APP/Aufgabe1/ps7/core0/cfg/shell_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell Utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/Shell is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* SHELL UTILITY CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : shell_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : SR
* FBJ
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef SHELL_CFG_H
#define SHELL_CFG_H
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* SHELL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the size of the table used to hold the various modules' command tables. Command
* tables are added using the Shell_CmdTblAdd() function. Once the table is full, it is not
* possible to add any more unless Shell_CmdTblRem() is first called.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum number or argument(s) a command may pass on the string holding the
* complete command. The minimum value is 1.
*
* (3) Defines the maximum length for module command name, including the NULL character.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_TBL_SIZE 3 /* Cfg Shell cmd tbl size (see Note #1). */
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_ARG_NBR_MAX 5 /* Cfg cmd max nbr of arg (see Note #2). */
#define SHELL_CFG_MODULE_CMD_NAME_LEN_MAX 6 /* Cfg module cmd name len (See Note #3). */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRACING
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define TRACE_LEVEL_OFF 0u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_INFO
#define TRACE_LEVEL_INFO 1u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_DBG
#define TRACE_LEVEL_DBG 2u
#endif
#define SHELL_TRACE_LEVEL TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define SHELL_TRACE printf
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif

70
src/APP/Aufgabe1/ps7/core0/cfg/terminal_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
* Knowledge of the source code may not be used to write a similar
* product. This file may only be used in accordance with a license
* and should not be redistributed in any way.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* TERMINAL
*
* CONFIGURATION TEMPLATE FILE
*
* Filename : terminal_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : BAN
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 16u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size of the task stacks (# of OS_STK entries)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 1024u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TERMINAL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the maximum length of a command entered on the terminal, in characters.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum path length of the Current Working Directory (CWD).
*
* (3) Enables/disables command history.
*
* (4) Defines the number of items to hold in the command history.
*
* (5) Defines the length of a item in the command history. If a command is entered into the
* terminal that exceeds this length, then only the first characters, up to this number of
* characters, will be copied into the command history.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_CMD_LEN 260u /* Cfg max cmd len (see Note #1). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_PATH_LEN 260u /* Cfg max path len (see Note #2). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_EN DEF_ENABLED /* En/dis history (see Note #3). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEMS_NBR 16u /* Cfg nbr history items (see Note #4). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEM_LEN 64u /* Cfg history item len (see Note #5). */

82
src/APP/Aufgabe2/ps7/core0/cfg/app_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* (c) Copyright 2014-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* This BSP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* Filename : app_cfg.h
* Version : V1.42
* Programmer(s) : JBL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#define UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#include <lib_def.h>
#include <xparameters.h>
#define APP_CPU_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_LIB_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_COMMON_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_SHELL_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_CLK_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSIII_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSII_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_EXP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DHCPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DNSC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_HTTPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_MQTTC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TELNETS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_IPERF_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_FS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBD_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBH_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OPENAMP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define OS_TASK_TMR_PRIO 3
#endif /* #ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT */

202
src/APP/Aufgabe2/ps7/core0/cfg/can_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN
* The Embedded CAN suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2003-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/CAN is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN CONFIGURATION
*
* ZYNQ ZC7000 Series
* CAN DRIVER
* Filename : can_cfg.h
* Version : V2.41.00
* Programmer(s) : E0
* DC
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_
#define _CAN_CFG_H_
#include "lib_def.h"
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMMON DEFINES & ENUMERATIONS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Definiton for CANSIG_GRANULARITY, Options: */
#define CAN_CFG_BIT 0u /* BIT */
#define CAN_CFG_BYTE 1u /* BYTE */
#ifndef CAN_FALSE
#define CAN_FALSE 0u
#endif
#ifndef CAN_TRUE
#define CAN_TRUE 1u
#endif
#ifndef NULL_PTR
#define NULL_PTR (void *)0
#endif
/* ------------ APPLICATION ENUMERATIONS -------------- */
enum {
S_NODESTATUS = 0,
S_CPULOAD,
S_COUNTER,
S_MAX,
};
enum {
M_STATUS = 0,
M_COMMAND,
M_MAX
};
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MULTIPLE CAN CONTROLLERS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_0 DEF_ENABLED
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_1 DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DRIVER SPECIFIC DEFINES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ---------------- BAUDRATE SETTINGS ----------------- */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_BAUDRATE 1000000u /* Default Baudrate */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_SP 750u /* Default Bit Sample Point in 1/10 % */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_RJW 125u /* Default Re-Synch Jump Width in 1/10 % */
/* ---------------- TIMEOUT SETTINGS ------------------ */
#define CAN_TIMEOUT_ERR_VAL 100000uL /* Timeout Value for While Loop Error Checks */
/* ================================== ADVANCED DRIVER CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By Default, the following Driver specific settings for the ZYNQ ZC7xxx Driver are set to their default values */
/* unless they are modified by customer needs. */
/* */
/* By Default, the Watermark level is configured to Maximum Watermark Value in the Driver, based on the reset value */
/* presented by the Reference Manual. Redefine the following define to modify the Watermark Level for the following. */
/* Tx FIFO Empty & Rx FIFO Full Watermark Level(s): */
/* NOTE : The VALID range is between 1 & 63. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_WATERMARK_Rx_Tx_SIZE 63u */
/* */
/* By Default, the Operating Mode of the CAN controller is configured to "NORMAL" Mode. For diagnostic checking, */
/* additional operating modes have been included in the driver. Redefine the following define to modify the Operating */
/* Mode to either "LOOP BACK" or "SNOOP" Mode(s). */
/* NOTE that only one operating mode can be selected at once at Initialization. Once CAN has been Initialized it */
/* is possible to change between Operating Modes at run-time using the xxx_CAN_IoCtl() API Function call. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_OFF 0u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK 1u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SNOOP 2u */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SELECT CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK */
/* */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN BUS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANBUS_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Bus Management */
#define CANBUS_N 3u /* Number of busses */
#define CANBUS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANBUS_TX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusTxHandler */
#define CANBUS_RX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusRxHandler */
#define CANBUS_NS_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusNsHandler */
#define CANBUS_STAT_EN 1u /* Enable Bus Statistics */
#define CANBUS_TX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Transmit Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_RX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Receive Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_NS_EN 1u /* Enable Node Status Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_RX_EN 1u /* Enable Rx Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_RX_READ_ALWAYS_EN 1u /* If enabled the Rx Handler executes a read even.. */
/* .. when frames can't be allocated */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN MESSAGE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANMSG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Message Support */
#define CANMSG_N 2u /* Number of messages */
#define CANMSG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN SIGNAL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANSIG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Signal Database */
#define CANSIG_N 3u /* Number of signals */
#define CANSIG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANSIG_MAX_WIDTH 4u /* Maximal signal width in byte */
#define CANSIG_GRANULARITY CAN_CFG_BYTE /* Set signal resolution to byte */
#define CANSIG_STATIC_CONFIG 1u /* To reduce memory usage, declare static signal table */
#define CANSIG_USE_DELETE 0u /* To reduce memory usage don't use delete functions */
#define CANSIG_CALLBACK_EN 0u /* Enable callback functions */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN FRAME
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANFRM_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN OS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANOS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CONFIGURATION END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* #ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_ */

146
src/APP/Aufgabe2/ps7/core0/cfg/dhcp-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DHCPc
* Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Client
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DHCP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DHCP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dhcp-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.10.00
* Programmer(s) : SR
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
* Notes: (1) Task priorities configuration values should be used by the DHCPc OS port. The following task priorities
* should be defined:
*
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO
*
* Task priorities can be defined either in this configuration file 'dhcp-c_cfg.h' or in a global
* OS tasks priorities configuration header file which must be included in 'dhcp-c_cfg.h'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* See Note #1. */
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 13
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO 14
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size (depth) of the task stacks (See the definition of CPU_STK for stack width)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 512
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_STK_SIZE 256
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc
*
* Note(s) : (1) Default port for DHCP server is 67, and default port for DHCP client is 68.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF to the maximum number of interface this DHCP client will
* be able to manage at a given time.
*
* (4) Once the DHCP server has assigned the client an address, the later may perform a final
* check prior to use this address in order to make sure it is not being used by another
* host on the network.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_SERVER 67
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_CLIENT 68
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_RX_TIMEOUT_MS 1000
#define DHCPc_CFG_PARAM_REQ_TBL_SIZE 5
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
#define DHCPc_CFG_ADDR_VALIDATE_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* ... (see Note #4) : */
/* DEF_DISABLED Validation NOT performed */
/* DEF_ENABLED Validation performed */
#define DHCPc_CFG_DYN_LOCAL_LINK_ADDR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED local-link configuration DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED local-link configuration ENABLED */
#define DHCPc_CFG_LOCAL_LINK_MAX_RETRY 3
/* link-local address. */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client internal debug
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #3) : */
#define DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */

111
src/APP/Aufgabe2/ps7/core0/cfg/dns-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DNSc
* Domain Name Server (client)
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DNSc is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DNS CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dns-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.00.01
* Programmer(s) : AA
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/dns-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DNS client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* See Note 1. */
#define DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED External argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED External argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc FEATURES CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN to enable/disable the DNS client asynchronous communication mode:
*
* (a) When ENABLED, A dedicated task will handle all host resolution request. It will be possible to
* call DNS API to get remote host address without blocking.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always block until the resolution is completed.
*
* (2) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the asynchronous
* communication is enabled.
*
* (a) When ENABLED, It will be possible to block when calling the DNS API to get remote host until the
* resolution is completed (via a flag option).
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always be non-blocking, must poll DNS client to
* know when the resolution is completed.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure asynchronous mode feature, See Note #1 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Asynchronous mode DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Asynchronous mode ENABLED */
/* Configure blocking option feature, See Note #2 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Blocking option DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Blocking option ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc RUN-TIME STRUCTURE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) These structures should be defined into a 'C' file.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const DNSc_CFG DNSc_Cfg; /* Must always be defined. */
#if (DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN == DEF_ENABLED)
extern const DNSc_CFG_TASK DNSc_CfgTask; /* Not required when Asynchronous mode is disabled. */
#endif
#endif

224
src/APP/Aufgabe2/ps7/core0/cfg/http-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/HTTP
* Hypertext Transfer Protocol
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/HTTP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* HTTP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : http-c_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.01
* Programmer(s) : MM
* AL
*********************************************************************************************************
* Note(s) : (1) Assumes the following versions (or more recent) of software modules are included in
* the project build :
*
* (a) uC/CPU V1.29.02
* (b) uC/LIB V1.38.00
* (c) uC/Common V1.00.00
* (d) uC/TCP-IP V3.03.00
*
*
* (2) For additional details on the features available with uC/HTTPc, the API, the
* installation, etc. Please refer to the uC/HTTPc documentation available at
* https://doc.micrium.com/HTTPc.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <Common/http.h>
#include <Client/Source/http-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMPILE-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the HTTP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT TASK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN to enable/disable HTTP client task.
* (a) DEF_DISABLED : No HTTP client task will be created to process the HTTP requests.
* The Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled.
*
* (b) DEF_ENABLED : An HTTP client task will be created to process all the HTTP requests.
* The Non-Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled. Therefore, multiple
* connections can be handle by the task simultaneously.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the
* asynchronous HTTPc Task is enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT PERSISTENT CONNECTION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN to enable/disable Persistent Connection support.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT CHUNKED TRANSFER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN to enable/disable Chunked Transfer support in Transmission.
*
* (2) Chunked Transfer in Reception is always enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT QUERY STRING CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN to enable/disable Query String support in URL.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT HEADER FIELD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in reception
* (i.e for headers received in the HTTP response.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in transmission
* (i.e for headers to include in the HTTP request.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT FORM CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN to enable/disable HTTP form creation source code.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT USER DATA CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN to enable/disable user data pointer in HTTPc_CONN
* and HTTPc_REQ structure.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT WEBSOCKET CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN to enable/disable the Websocket feature.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* RUN-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const HTTP_TASK_CFG HTTPc_TaskCfg;
extern const HTTPc_CFG HTTPc_Cfg;
/* =============================================== END =============================================== */
#endif /* HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

676
src/APP/Aufgabe2/ps7/core0/cfg/net_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,676 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_cfg.h
* Version : V3.03.01
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <net_def.h>
#include <net_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK EXTERNAL APPLICATION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) When uC/DNS-Client is present in the project some high level functions can resolve hostname.
* So uC/TCPIP should know that uC/DNS-Client is present to call the proper API.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure DNS Client feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_EXT_MODULE_CFG_DNS_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED DNS Client is DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED DNS Client is ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network task maps to a unique, developer-configured task configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to Net_Init().
*
* (b) Since these task configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetRxTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTxDeallocTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTmrTaskCfg;
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS Q CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Rx queue size should be configured such that it reflects the total number of DMA receive descriptors on all
* devices. If DMA is not available, or a combination of DMA and I/O based interfaces are configured then this
* number reflects the maximum number of packets that can be acknowledged and signalled during a single receive
* interrupt event for all interfaces.
*
* (2) Tx queue size should be defined to be the total number of small and large transmit buffers declared for
* all interfaces.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_CFG_IF_RX_Q_SIZE 100
#define NET_CFG_IF_TX_DEALLOC_Q_SIZE 100
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) uC/TCP-IP code may call optimized assembly functions. Optimized assembly files/functions must be included
* in the project to be enabled. Optimized functions are located in files under folders:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Ports/<processor>/<compiler>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network protocol suite's assembly ... */
/* ... optimization (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CFG_OPTIMIZE_ASM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Assembly optimization DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Assembly optimization ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEBUG CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite external
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite internal,
* debug argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK COUNTER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite statistics counters.
*
* (2) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite error counters.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure statistics counter feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Stat counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Stat counters ENABLED */
/* Configure error counter feature (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Error counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Error counters ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK TIMER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR with the desired number of network TIMER objects.
*
* Timers are required for :
*
* (a) ARP & NDP cache entries
* (b) IP fragment reassembly
* (c) TCP state machine connections
* (d) IF Link status check-up
*
* (2) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ to schedule the execution frequency of the network timer
* task -- how often NetTmr_TaskHandler() is scheduled to run per second as implemented in
* NetTmr_Task().
*
* (a) NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ MUST NOT be configured as a floating-point frequency.
*
* See also 'net_tmr.h NETWORK TIMER TASK TIME DEFINES Notes #1 & #2'
* & 'net_tmr.c NetTmr_Task() Notes #1 & #2'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR 100
#define NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ 10
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK INTERFACE LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_IF_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
/* Configure specific interface(s) : */
#define NET_IF_CFG_LOOPBACK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_ETHER_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_WIFI_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Interface type DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED interface type ENABLED */
#define NET_IF_CFG_TX_SUSPEND_TIMEOUT_MS 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* ADDRESS RESOLUTION PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Address resolution protocol ONLY required for IPv4.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_ARP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 3
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NEIGHBOR DISCOVERY PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Neighbor Discovery Protocol ONLY required for IPv6.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_NDP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_DEST_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_PREFIX_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_ROUTER_NBR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET PROTOCOL LAYER VERSION CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv4
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv4 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv4 enabled. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv6
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv6. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Stateless Address Auto-Configuration. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_ADDR_AUTO_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Duplication Address Detection (DAD). */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_DAD_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 DAD disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 DAD enabled. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET GROUP MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL(MULTICAST) LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4 multicast support : */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Multicast rx or tx disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED Multicast rx or tx enabled. */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_HOST_GRP_NBR_MAX 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SOCKET LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) The maximum accept queue size represents the number of connection that can be queued by
* the stack before being accepted. For a TCP server when a connection is queued, it means
* that the SYN, ACK packet has been sent back, so the remote host can start transmitting
* data once the connection is queued and the stack will queue up all data received until
* the connection is accepted and the data is read.
*
* (2) Receive and transmit queue size MUST be properly configured to optimize performance.
*
* (a) It represents the number of bytes that can be queued by one socket. It's important
* that all socket are not able to queue more data than what the device can hold in its
* buffers.
*
* (b) The size should be also a multiple of the maximum segment size (MSS) to optimize
* performance. UDP MSS is 1470 and TCP MSS is 1460.
*
* (c) RX and TX queue size can be reduce at runtime using socket option API.
*
* (d) Window calculation example:
*
* Number of TCP connection : 2
* Number of UDP connection : 0
* Number of RX large buffer : 10
* Number of TX Large buffer : 6
* Number of TX small buffer : 2
* Size of RX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX small buffer : 60
*
* TCP MSS RX = 1460
* TCP MSS TX large buffer = 1460
* TCP MSS TX small buffer = 0
*
* Maximum receive window = (10 * 1460) = 14600 bytes
* Maximum transmit window = (6 * 1460) + (2 * 0) = 8760 bytes
*
* RX window size per socket = (14600 / 2) = 7300 bytes
* TX window size per socket = (8760 / 2) = 4380 bytes
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_TCP 2
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_UDP 1
/* Configure socket select functionality : */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SEL_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Socket select DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Socket select ENABLED */
/* Configure stream-type sockets' accept queue */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_CONN_ACCEPT_Q_SIZE_MAX 2
/* Configure sockets' buffer sizes in number of octets */
/* (see Note #2): */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
/* ================================== ADVANCED SOCKET CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By default sockets are set to block. Add the following define to set all sockets as non-blocking. Note that it's */
/* possible to change socket's blocking mode at runtime using socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_NO_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED */
/* */
/* By default random port start at 65000, redefine the following define to modify where random port start: */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_PORT_NBR_RANDOM_BASE 65000u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeouts. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_RX_Q_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_REQ_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACCEPT_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_CLOSE_MS 10000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure TCP support : */
#define NET_TCP_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED TCP layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED TCP layer ENABLED */
/* ========================================= ADVANCED TCP LAYER CONFIGURATION ========================================= */
/* By default TCP RX and TX windows are set to equal the socket RX and TX queue sizes. Default values can be changed by */
/* redefining the following defines. TCP windows must be properly configured to optimize performance (see note about */
/* Socket TX and RX windows). Note that it's possible to decrease window size at run time using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_RX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* */
/* As shown in the TCP state diagram (see RFC #793), before moving from 'TIME-WAIT' state to 'CLOSED' state a timeout */
/* (2MSL) must expire. This means that the TCP connection cannot be made available for subsequent TCP connections until */
/* this timeout. It can be a problem for embedded systems with low resources especially when many TCP connections are */
/* made in a small period of time since it is possible to run out of free TCP connections quickly. Therefore this */
/* timeout is set to 0 by default to avoid this kind of problem and the connection is made available as soon as the */
/* 'TIME-WAIT' state is reached. However, it's possible to set the default MSL timeout to something else by redefining */
/* the following define. Note that it is possible to change the MSL timeout for a specific TCP connection using Socket */
/* option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_MAX_SEG_SEC 0u */
/* */
/* To avoid leaving a connection in the FIN_WAIT_2 state forever when a connection moves from the 'FIN_WAIT_1' state to */
/* the FIN_WAIT_2, the TCP connection's timer is set to 15 second, and when it expires the connection is dropped. Thus, */
/* if the other host doesn't response to the close request, the connection will still be closed after the timeout. */
/* This default timeout can be change by redefining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_FIN_WAIT_2_SEC 15u */
/* */
/* The number of TCP connections is configured following the number of TCP sockets and the accept queue size when the */
/* MSL is set to 0 ms. However, since the default MSL can be modified, it might be needed to increase the number of TCP */
/* connections to establish more connections when waiting for the MSL expiration. It is possible to add more TCP */
/* connections by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_NBR_CONN 0u */
/* */
/* By default an 'ACK' is generated within 500 ms of the arrival of the first unacknowledged packet, as specified in */
/* RFC #2581, Section 4.2. However it's possible to modify this value by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACK_DLY_MS 500u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeout. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_RX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_TX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_APP_API_SEL with the desired configuration for demultiplexing
* UDP datagrams to application connections :
*
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to application-specific
* connections ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets first;
* if NO socket connection found to demultiplex
* a UDP datagram, demultiplex to application-
* specific connection.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxDatagram() Note #1'
* & 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxAppData() Note #1'.
*
* (2) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally ... discard
* ... [or allow] ... received ... UDP datagrams without checksums".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN to enable/disable discarding of UDP
* datagrams received with NO computed check-sum :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are discarded.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are flagged so
* that application(s) may handle &/or discard.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktValidate() Note #4d3A'.
*
* (3) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally be able to
* control whether a UDP checksum will be generated".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN to enable/disable transmitting UDP datagrams
* with check-sums :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted with a computed check-sum.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted without a computed check-sum.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_TxPktPrepareHdr() Note #3b'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure UDP Receive Check-Sum Discard feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED UDP Check-Sums Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Validated */
/* DEF_ENABLED UDP Datagrams Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Discarded */
/* Configure UDP Transmit Check-Sum feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #3b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Transmit Check-Sums DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Transmit Check-Sums ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SECURITY MANAGER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) The network security layer can be enabled ONLY if the application project contains a secure module
* supported by uC/TCPIP such as:
*
* (a) NanoSSL provided by Mocana.
* (b) CyaSSL provided by YaSSL.
*
* (2) The network security port must be also added to the project. Security port can be found under the folder:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Secure/<module>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network security layer (See Note #1 & #2): */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Security layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Security layer ENABLED */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_SERVER 2u /* Configure total number of server secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_CLIENT 2u /* Configure total number of client secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers certificate maximum length (bytes) */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_KEY_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers key maximum length (bytes) */
/* Configure maximum number of certificate authorities */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_CA 1u /* that can be installed. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CA_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure CA certificate maximum length (bytes) */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERFACE CHECKSUM OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) These configuration can be enabled only if all your interfaces support specific checksum offload
* option.
*
* (2) By default a driver should enabled the all checksum offload option.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ========================================== ADVANCED OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION ========================================== */
/* By default all checksum are validated by the stack however it is possible to enable or disable specific checksum */
/* validate and calculation if the interface controller is able to achieve it. You can add the following define in this */
/* file to change the default behavior. */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- IPv4 CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- ICMP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- UDP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- TCP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/* ======================================================= END ======================================================== */
#endif /* NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED

115
src/APP/Aufgabe2/ps7/core0/cfg/net_xil_ether_lite_dev_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_dev_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.00
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*
* Note(s) : (1) This network device configuration header file is protected from multiple pre-processor
* inclusion through use of the network module present pre-processor macro definition.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT /* See Note #1. */
#define NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/net_cfg_net.h>
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_ether.h>
#endif
#ifdef NET_IF_WIFI_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_wifi.h>
#endif
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network device maps to a unique, developer-configured device configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_dev_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to NetIF_Add().
*
* (b) Since these device configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures. However,
* the following naming convention is suggested for all developer-configured network
* device configuration structures :
*
* NetDev_Cfg_<Device>[_Number]
*
* where
* <Device> Name of device or device driver
* [Number] Network device number for each specific instance of
* device (optional if the development board does NOT
* support multiple instances of the specific device)
*
* Examples :
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_MACB; Ethernet configuration for MACB
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_0; Ethernet configuration for FEC #0
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_1; Ethernet configuration for FEC #1
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_WIFI NetDev_Cfg_RS9110N21_0; Wireless configuration for RS9110-N-21
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
extern NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_AXIEthernetLite_0;
extern NET_PHY_CFG_ETHER NetPhy_Cfg_Ether_0;
#endif /* NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

96
src/APP/Aufgabe2/ps7/core0/cfg/shell_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell Utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/Shell is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* SHELL UTILITY CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : shell_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : SR
* FBJ
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef SHELL_CFG_H
#define SHELL_CFG_H
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* SHELL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the size of the table used to hold the various modules' command tables. Command
* tables are added using the Shell_CmdTblAdd() function. Once the table is full, it is not
* possible to add any more unless Shell_CmdTblRem() is first called.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum number or argument(s) a command may pass on the string holding the
* complete command. The minimum value is 1.
*
* (3) Defines the maximum length for module command name, including the NULL character.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_TBL_SIZE 3 /* Cfg Shell cmd tbl size (see Note #1). */
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_ARG_NBR_MAX 5 /* Cfg cmd max nbr of arg (see Note #2). */
#define SHELL_CFG_MODULE_CMD_NAME_LEN_MAX 6 /* Cfg module cmd name len (See Note #3). */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRACING
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define TRACE_LEVEL_OFF 0u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_INFO
#define TRACE_LEVEL_INFO 1u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_DBG
#define TRACE_LEVEL_DBG 2u
#endif
#define SHELL_TRACE_LEVEL TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define SHELL_TRACE printf
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif

70
src/APP/Aufgabe2/ps7/core0/cfg/terminal_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
* Knowledge of the source code may not be used to write a similar
* product. This file may only be used in accordance with a license
* and should not be redistributed in any way.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* TERMINAL
*
* CONFIGURATION TEMPLATE FILE
*
* Filename : terminal_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : BAN
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 16u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size of the task stacks (# of OS_STK entries)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 1024u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TERMINAL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the maximum length of a command entered on the terminal, in characters.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum path length of the Current Working Directory (CWD).
*
* (3) Enables/disables command history.
*
* (4) Defines the number of items to hold in the command history.
*
* (5) Defines the length of a item in the command history. If a command is entered into the
* terminal that exceeds this length, then only the first characters, up to this number of
* characters, will be copied into the command history.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_CMD_LEN 260u /* Cfg max cmd len (see Note #1). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_PATH_LEN 260u /* Cfg max path len (see Note #2). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_EN DEF_ENABLED /* En/dis history (see Note #3). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEMS_NBR 16u /* Cfg nbr history items (see Note #4). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEM_LEN 64u /* Cfg history item len (see Note #5). */

82
src/APP/Aufgabe3/ps7/core0/cfg/app_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* (c) Copyright 2014-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* This BSP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* Filename : app_cfg.h
* Version : V1.42
* Programmer(s) : JBL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#define UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#include <lib_def.h>
#include <xparameters.h>
#define APP_CPU_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_LIB_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_COMMON_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_SHELL_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_CLK_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSIII_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSII_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_EXP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DHCPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DNSC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_HTTPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_MQTTC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TELNETS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_IPERF_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_FS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBD_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBH_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OPENAMP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define OS_TASK_TMR_PRIO 3
#endif /* #ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT */

202
src/APP/Aufgabe3/ps7/core0/cfg/can_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN
* The Embedded CAN suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2003-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/CAN is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN CONFIGURATION
*
* ZYNQ ZC7000 Series
* CAN DRIVER
* Filename : can_cfg.h
* Version : V2.41.00
* Programmer(s) : E0
* DC
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_
#define _CAN_CFG_H_
#include "lib_def.h"
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMMON DEFINES & ENUMERATIONS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Definiton for CANSIG_GRANULARITY, Options: */
#define CAN_CFG_BIT 0u /* BIT */
#define CAN_CFG_BYTE 1u /* BYTE */
#ifndef CAN_FALSE
#define CAN_FALSE 0u
#endif
#ifndef CAN_TRUE
#define CAN_TRUE 1u
#endif
#ifndef NULL_PTR
#define NULL_PTR (void *)0
#endif
/* ------------ APPLICATION ENUMERATIONS -------------- */
enum {
S_NODESTATUS = 0,
S_CPULOAD,
S_COUNTER,
S_MAX,
};
enum {
M_STATUS = 0,
M_COMMAND,
M_MAX
};
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MULTIPLE CAN CONTROLLERS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_0 DEF_ENABLED
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_1 DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DRIVER SPECIFIC DEFINES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ---------------- BAUDRATE SETTINGS ----------------- */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_BAUDRATE 1000000u /* Default Baudrate */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_SP 750u /* Default Bit Sample Point in 1/10 % */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_RJW 125u /* Default Re-Synch Jump Width in 1/10 % */
/* ---------------- TIMEOUT SETTINGS ------------------ */
#define CAN_TIMEOUT_ERR_VAL 100000uL /* Timeout Value for While Loop Error Checks */
/* ================================== ADVANCED DRIVER CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By Default, the following Driver specific settings for the ZYNQ ZC7xxx Driver are set to their default values */
/* unless they are modified by customer needs. */
/* */
/* By Default, the Watermark level is configured to Maximum Watermark Value in the Driver, based on the reset value */
/* presented by the Reference Manual. Redefine the following define to modify the Watermark Level for the following. */
/* Tx FIFO Empty & Rx FIFO Full Watermark Level(s): */
/* NOTE : The VALID range is between 1 & 63. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_WATERMARK_Rx_Tx_SIZE 63u */
/* */
/* By Default, the Operating Mode of the CAN controller is configured to "NORMAL" Mode. For diagnostic checking, */
/* additional operating modes have been included in the driver. Redefine the following define to modify the Operating */
/* Mode to either "LOOP BACK" or "SNOOP" Mode(s). */
/* NOTE that only one operating mode can be selected at once at Initialization. Once CAN has been Initialized it */
/* is possible to change between Operating Modes at run-time using the xxx_CAN_IoCtl() API Function call. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_OFF 0u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK 1u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SNOOP 2u */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SELECT CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK */
/* */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN BUS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANBUS_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Bus Management */
#define CANBUS_N 3u /* Number of busses */
#define CANBUS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANBUS_TX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusTxHandler */
#define CANBUS_RX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusRxHandler */
#define CANBUS_NS_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusNsHandler */
#define CANBUS_STAT_EN 1u /* Enable Bus Statistics */
#define CANBUS_TX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Transmit Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_RX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Receive Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_NS_EN 1u /* Enable Node Status Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_RX_EN 1u /* Enable Rx Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_RX_READ_ALWAYS_EN 1u /* If enabled the Rx Handler executes a read even.. */
/* .. when frames can't be allocated */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN MESSAGE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANMSG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Message Support */
#define CANMSG_N 2u /* Number of messages */
#define CANMSG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN SIGNAL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANSIG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Signal Database */
#define CANSIG_N 3u /* Number of signals */
#define CANSIG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANSIG_MAX_WIDTH 4u /* Maximal signal width in byte */
#define CANSIG_GRANULARITY CAN_CFG_BYTE /* Set signal resolution to byte */
#define CANSIG_STATIC_CONFIG 1u /* To reduce memory usage, declare static signal table */
#define CANSIG_USE_DELETE 0u /* To reduce memory usage don't use delete functions */
#define CANSIG_CALLBACK_EN 0u /* Enable callback functions */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN FRAME
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANFRM_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN OS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANOS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CONFIGURATION END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* #ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_ */

146
src/APP/Aufgabe3/ps7/core0/cfg/dhcp-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DHCPc
* Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Client
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DHCP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DHCP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dhcp-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.10.00
* Programmer(s) : SR
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
* Notes: (1) Task priorities configuration values should be used by the DHCPc OS port. The following task priorities
* should be defined:
*
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO
*
* Task priorities can be defined either in this configuration file 'dhcp-c_cfg.h' or in a global
* OS tasks priorities configuration header file which must be included in 'dhcp-c_cfg.h'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* See Note #1. */
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 13
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO 14
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size (depth) of the task stacks (See the definition of CPU_STK for stack width)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 512
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_STK_SIZE 256
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc
*
* Note(s) : (1) Default port for DHCP server is 67, and default port for DHCP client is 68.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF to the maximum number of interface this DHCP client will
* be able to manage at a given time.
*
* (4) Once the DHCP server has assigned the client an address, the later may perform a final
* check prior to use this address in order to make sure it is not being used by another
* host on the network.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_SERVER 67
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_CLIENT 68
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_RX_TIMEOUT_MS 1000
#define DHCPc_CFG_PARAM_REQ_TBL_SIZE 5
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
#define DHCPc_CFG_ADDR_VALIDATE_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* ... (see Note #4) : */
/* DEF_DISABLED Validation NOT performed */
/* DEF_ENABLED Validation performed */
#define DHCPc_CFG_DYN_LOCAL_LINK_ADDR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED local-link configuration DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED local-link configuration ENABLED */
#define DHCPc_CFG_LOCAL_LINK_MAX_RETRY 3
/* link-local address. */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client internal debug
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #3) : */
#define DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */

111
src/APP/Aufgabe3/ps7/core0/cfg/dns-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DNSc
* Domain Name Server (client)
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DNSc is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DNS CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dns-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.00.01
* Programmer(s) : AA
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/dns-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DNS client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* See Note 1. */
#define DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED External argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED External argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc FEATURES CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN to enable/disable the DNS client asynchronous communication mode:
*
* (a) When ENABLED, A dedicated task will handle all host resolution request. It will be possible to
* call DNS API to get remote host address without blocking.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always block until the resolution is completed.
*
* (2) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the asynchronous
* communication is enabled.
*
* (a) When ENABLED, It will be possible to block when calling the DNS API to get remote host until the
* resolution is completed (via a flag option).
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always be non-blocking, must poll DNS client to
* know when the resolution is completed.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure asynchronous mode feature, See Note #1 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Asynchronous mode DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Asynchronous mode ENABLED */
/* Configure blocking option feature, See Note #2 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Blocking option DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Blocking option ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc RUN-TIME STRUCTURE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) These structures should be defined into a 'C' file.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const DNSc_CFG DNSc_Cfg; /* Must always be defined. */
#if (DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN == DEF_ENABLED)
extern const DNSc_CFG_TASK DNSc_CfgTask; /* Not required when Asynchronous mode is disabled. */
#endif
#endif

24
src/APP/Aufgabe3/ps7/core0/cfg/gt_core_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
/*
* gt_core_cfg.h
*
* Created on: Aug 19, 2014
* Author: matthiasb
*/
#ifndef GT_CORE_CFG_H_
#define GT_CORE_CFG_H_
#define GT_USE_CPU_ARM9 0
#define GT_USE_CPU_CM3 0
#define GT_USE_CPU_CM7 0
#define GT_USE_CPU_ARM_V7_A 1
#define GT_STACKSIZE 256
#define GT_MAXTASKS 10
#define GT_MAXQACT 5
#if ( GT_NUM_OF_TASKS > GT_MAXTASKS )
#error "Too many tasks, increase GT_MAXTASKS or decrease GT_NUM_OF_TASKS"
#endif
#endif /* GT_CORE_CFG_H_ */

224
src/APP/Aufgabe3/ps7/core0/cfg/http-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/HTTP
* Hypertext Transfer Protocol
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/HTTP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* HTTP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : http-c_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.01
* Programmer(s) : MM
* AL
*********************************************************************************************************
* Note(s) : (1) Assumes the following versions (or more recent) of software modules are included in
* the project build :
*
* (a) uC/CPU V1.29.02
* (b) uC/LIB V1.38.00
* (c) uC/Common V1.00.00
* (d) uC/TCP-IP V3.03.00
*
*
* (2) For additional details on the features available with uC/HTTPc, the API, the
* installation, etc. Please refer to the uC/HTTPc documentation available at
* https://doc.micrium.com/HTTPc.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <Common/http.h>
#include <Client/Source/http-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMPILE-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the HTTP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT TASK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN to enable/disable HTTP client task.
* (a) DEF_DISABLED : No HTTP client task will be created to process the HTTP requests.
* The Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled.
*
* (b) DEF_ENABLED : An HTTP client task will be created to process all the HTTP requests.
* The Non-Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled. Therefore, multiple
* connections can be handle by the task simultaneously.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the
* asynchronous HTTPc Task is enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT PERSISTENT CONNECTION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN to enable/disable Persistent Connection support.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT CHUNKED TRANSFER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN to enable/disable Chunked Transfer support in Transmission.
*
* (2) Chunked Transfer in Reception is always enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT QUERY STRING CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN to enable/disable Query String support in URL.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT HEADER FIELD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in reception
* (i.e for headers received in the HTTP response.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in transmission
* (i.e for headers to include in the HTTP request.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT FORM CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN to enable/disable HTTP form creation source code.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT USER DATA CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN to enable/disable user data pointer in HTTPc_CONN
* and HTTPc_REQ structure.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT WEBSOCKET CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN to enable/disable the Websocket feature.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* RUN-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const HTTP_TASK_CFG HTTPc_TaskCfg;
extern const HTTPc_CFG HTTPc_Cfg;
/* =============================================== END =============================================== */
#endif /* HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

58
src/APP/Aufgabe3/ps7/core0/cfg/intr_timer.h
View File

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
/*
* intr_timer.h
*
* Created on: Nov 13, 2018
* Author: laurenzb
*/
#ifndef SRC_APP_AUFGABE3_PS7_CORE0_CFG_INTR_TIMER_H_
/************************** Constant Definitions *****************************/
/*
* The following constants map to the XPAR parameters created in the
* xparameters.h file. They are only defined here such that a user can easily
* change all the needed parameters in one place.
*/
#define TTC_TICK_DEVICE_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_1_DEVICE_ID
#define TTC_TICK_INTR_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_1_INTR
#define TTC_PWM_DEVICE_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_0_DEVICE_ID
#define TTC_PWM_INTR_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_0_INTR
#define TTCPS_CLOCK_HZ XPAR_XTTCPS_0_CLOCK_HZ
#define INTC_DEVICE_ID XPAR_SCUGIC_SINGLE_DEVICE_ID
/*
* Constants to set the basic operating parameters.
* PWM_DELTA_DUTY is critical to the running time of the test. Smaller values
* make the test run longer.
*/
#define TICK_TIMER_FREQ_HZ 100 /* Tick timer counter's output frequency */
#define PWM_OUT_FREQ 350 /* PWM timer counter's output frequency */
#define PWM_DELTA_DUTY 50 /* Initial and increment to duty cycle for PWM */
#define TICKS_PER_CHANGE_PERIOD TICK_TIMER_FREQ_HZ * 5 /* Tick signals PWM */
/************************** Function Prototypes ******************************/
static int TmrInterruptExample(void); /* Main test */
/* Set up routines for timer counters */
static int SetupTicker(void);
static int SetupPWM(void);
static int SetupTimer(int DeviceID);
/* Interleaved interrupt test for both timer counters */
static int WaitForDutyCycleFull(void);
static int SetupInterruptSystem(u16 IntcDeviceID, XScuGic *IntcInstancePtr);
static void TickHandler(void *CallBackRef);
static void PWMHandler(void *CallBackRef);
#endif /* SRC_APP_AUFGABE3_PS7_CORE0_CFG_INTR_TIMER_H_ */

676
src/APP/Aufgabe3/ps7/core0/cfg/net_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,676 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_cfg.h
* Version : V3.03.01
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <net_def.h>
#include <net_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK EXTERNAL APPLICATION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) When uC/DNS-Client is present in the project some high level functions can resolve hostname.
* So uC/TCPIP should know that uC/DNS-Client is present to call the proper API.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure DNS Client feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_EXT_MODULE_CFG_DNS_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED DNS Client is DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED DNS Client is ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network task maps to a unique, developer-configured task configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to Net_Init().
*
* (b) Since these task configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetRxTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTxDeallocTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTmrTaskCfg;
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS Q CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Rx queue size should be configured such that it reflects the total number of DMA receive descriptors on all
* devices. If DMA is not available, or a combination of DMA and I/O based interfaces are configured then this
* number reflects the maximum number of packets that can be acknowledged and signalled during a single receive
* interrupt event for all interfaces.
*
* (2) Tx queue size should be defined to be the total number of small and large transmit buffers declared for
* all interfaces.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_CFG_IF_RX_Q_SIZE 100
#define NET_CFG_IF_TX_DEALLOC_Q_SIZE 100
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) uC/TCP-IP code may call optimized assembly functions. Optimized assembly files/functions must be included
* in the project to be enabled. Optimized functions are located in files under folders:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Ports/<processor>/<compiler>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network protocol suite's assembly ... */
/* ... optimization (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CFG_OPTIMIZE_ASM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Assembly optimization DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Assembly optimization ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEBUG CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite external
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite internal,
* debug argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK COUNTER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite statistics counters.
*
* (2) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite error counters.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure statistics counter feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Stat counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Stat counters ENABLED */
/* Configure error counter feature (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Error counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Error counters ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK TIMER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR with the desired number of network TIMER objects.
*
* Timers are required for :
*
* (a) ARP & NDP cache entries
* (b) IP fragment reassembly
* (c) TCP state machine connections
* (d) IF Link status check-up
*
* (2) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ to schedule the execution frequency of the network timer
* task -- how often NetTmr_TaskHandler() is scheduled to run per second as implemented in
* NetTmr_Task().
*
* (a) NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ MUST NOT be configured as a floating-point frequency.
*
* See also 'net_tmr.h NETWORK TIMER TASK TIME DEFINES Notes #1 & #2'
* & 'net_tmr.c NetTmr_Task() Notes #1 & #2'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR 100
#define NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ 10
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK INTERFACE LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_IF_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
/* Configure specific interface(s) : */
#define NET_IF_CFG_LOOPBACK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_ETHER_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_WIFI_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Interface type DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED interface type ENABLED */
#define NET_IF_CFG_TX_SUSPEND_TIMEOUT_MS 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* ADDRESS RESOLUTION PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Address resolution protocol ONLY required for IPv4.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_ARP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 3
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NEIGHBOR DISCOVERY PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Neighbor Discovery Protocol ONLY required for IPv6.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_NDP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_DEST_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_PREFIX_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_ROUTER_NBR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET PROTOCOL LAYER VERSION CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv4
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv4 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv4 enabled. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv6
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv6. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Stateless Address Auto-Configuration. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_ADDR_AUTO_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Duplication Address Detection (DAD). */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_DAD_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 DAD disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 DAD enabled. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET GROUP MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL(MULTICAST) LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4 multicast support : */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Multicast rx or tx disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED Multicast rx or tx enabled. */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_HOST_GRP_NBR_MAX 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SOCKET LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) The maximum accept queue size represents the number of connection that can be queued by
* the stack before being accepted. For a TCP server when a connection is queued, it means
* that the SYN, ACK packet has been sent back, so the remote host can start transmitting
* data once the connection is queued and the stack will queue up all data received until
* the connection is accepted and the data is read.
*
* (2) Receive and transmit queue size MUST be properly configured to optimize performance.
*
* (a) It represents the number of bytes that can be queued by one socket. It's important
* that all socket are not able to queue more data than what the device can hold in its
* buffers.
*
* (b) The size should be also a multiple of the maximum segment size (MSS) to optimize
* performance. UDP MSS is 1470 and TCP MSS is 1460.
*
* (c) RX and TX queue size can be reduce at runtime using socket option API.
*
* (d) Window calculation example:
*
* Number of TCP connection : 2
* Number of UDP connection : 0
* Number of RX large buffer : 10
* Number of TX Large buffer : 6
* Number of TX small buffer : 2
* Size of RX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX small buffer : 60
*
* TCP MSS RX = 1460
* TCP MSS TX large buffer = 1460
* TCP MSS TX small buffer = 0
*
* Maximum receive window = (10 * 1460) = 14600 bytes
* Maximum transmit window = (6 * 1460) + (2 * 0) = 8760 bytes
*
* RX window size per socket = (14600 / 2) = 7300 bytes
* TX window size per socket = (8760 / 2) = 4380 bytes
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_TCP 2
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_UDP 1
/* Configure socket select functionality : */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SEL_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Socket select DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Socket select ENABLED */
/* Configure stream-type sockets' accept queue */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_CONN_ACCEPT_Q_SIZE_MAX 2
/* Configure sockets' buffer sizes in number of octets */
/* (see Note #2): */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
/* ================================== ADVANCED SOCKET CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By default sockets are set to block. Add the following define to set all sockets as non-blocking. Note that it's */
/* possible to change socket's blocking mode at runtime using socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_NO_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED */
/* */
/* By default random port start at 65000, redefine the following define to modify where random port start: */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_PORT_NBR_RANDOM_BASE 65000u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeouts. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_RX_Q_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_REQ_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACCEPT_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_CLOSE_MS 10000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure TCP support : */
#define NET_TCP_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED TCP layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED TCP layer ENABLED */
/* ========================================= ADVANCED TCP LAYER CONFIGURATION ========================================= */
/* By default TCP RX and TX windows are set to equal the socket RX and TX queue sizes. Default values can be changed by */
/* redefining the following defines. TCP windows must be properly configured to optimize performance (see note about */
/* Socket TX and RX windows). Note that it's possible to decrease window size at run time using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_RX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* */
/* As shown in the TCP state diagram (see RFC #793), before moving from 'TIME-WAIT' state to 'CLOSED' state a timeout */
/* (2MSL) must expire. This means that the TCP connection cannot be made available for subsequent TCP connections until */
/* this timeout. It can be a problem for embedded systems with low resources especially when many TCP connections are */
/* made in a small period of time since it is possible to run out of free TCP connections quickly. Therefore this */
/* timeout is set to 0 by default to avoid this kind of problem and the connection is made available as soon as the */
/* 'TIME-WAIT' state is reached. However, it's possible to set the default MSL timeout to something else by redefining */
/* the following define. Note that it is possible to change the MSL timeout for a specific TCP connection using Socket */
/* option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_MAX_SEG_SEC 0u */
/* */
/* To avoid leaving a connection in the FIN_WAIT_2 state forever when a connection moves from the 'FIN_WAIT_1' state to */
/* the FIN_WAIT_2, the TCP connection's timer is set to 15 second, and when it expires the connection is dropped. Thus, */
/* if the other host doesn't response to the close request, the connection will still be closed after the timeout. */
/* This default timeout can be change by redefining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_FIN_WAIT_2_SEC 15u */
/* */
/* The number of TCP connections is configured following the number of TCP sockets and the accept queue size when the */
/* MSL is set to 0 ms. However, since the default MSL can be modified, it might be needed to increase the number of TCP */
/* connections to establish more connections when waiting for the MSL expiration. It is possible to add more TCP */
/* connections by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_NBR_CONN 0u */
/* */
/* By default an 'ACK' is generated within 500 ms of the arrival of the first unacknowledged packet, as specified in */
/* RFC #2581, Section 4.2. However it's possible to modify this value by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACK_DLY_MS 500u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeout. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_RX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_TX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_APP_API_SEL with the desired configuration for demultiplexing
* UDP datagrams to application connections :
*
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to application-specific
* connections ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets first;
* if NO socket connection found to demultiplex
* a UDP datagram, demultiplex to application-
* specific connection.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxDatagram() Note #1'
* & 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxAppData() Note #1'.
*
* (2) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally ... discard
* ... [or allow] ... received ... UDP datagrams without checksums".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN to enable/disable discarding of UDP
* datagrams received with NO computed check-sum :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are discarded.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are flagged so
* that application(s) may handle &/or discard.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktValidate() Note #4d3A'.
*
* (3) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally be able to
* control whether a UDP checksum will be generated".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN to enable/disable transmitting UDP datagrams
* with check-sums :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted with a computed check-sum.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted without a computed check-sum.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_TxPktPrepareHdr() Note #3b'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure UDP Receive Check-Sum Discard feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED UDP Check-Sums Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Validated */
/* DEF_ENABLED UDP Datagrams Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Discarded */
/* Configure UDP Transmit Check-Sum feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #3b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Transmit Check-Sums DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Transmit Check-Sums ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SECURITY MANAGER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) The network security layer can be enabled ONLY if the application project contains a secure module
* supported by uC/TCPIP such as:
*
* (a) NanoSSL provided by Mocana.
* (b) CyaSSL provided by YaSSL.
*
* (2) The network security port must be also added to the project. Security port can be found under the folder:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Secure/<module>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network security layer (See Note #1 & #2): */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Security layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Security layer ENABLED */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_SERVER 2u /* Configure total number of server secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_CLIENT 2u /* Configure total number of client secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers certificate maximum length (bytes) */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_KEY_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers key maximum length (bytes) */
/* Configure maximum number of certificate authorities */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_CA 1u /* that can be installed. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CA_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure CA certificate maximum length (bytes) */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERFACE CHECKSUM OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) These configuration can be enabled only if all your interfaces support specific checksum offload
* option.
*
* (2) By default a driver should enabled the all checksum offload option.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ========================================== ADVANCED OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION ========================================== */
/* By default all checksum are validated by the stack however it is possible to enable or disable specific checksum */
/* validate and calculation if the interface controller is able to achieve it. You can add the following define in this */
/* file to change the default behavior. */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- IPv4 CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- ICMP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- UDP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- TCP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/* ======================================================= END ======================================================== */
#endif /* NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED

115
src/APP/Aufgabe3/ps7/core0/cfg/net_xil_ether_lite_dev_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_dev_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.00
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*
* Note(s) : (1) This network device configuration header file is protected from multiple pre-processor
* inclusion through use of the network module present pre-processor macro definition.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT /* See Note #1. */
#define NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/net_cfg_net.h>
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_ether.h>
#endif
#ifdef NET_IF_WIFI_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_wifi.h>
#endif
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network device maps to a unique, developer-configured device configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_dev_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to NetIF_Add().
*
* (b) Since these device configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures. However,
* the following naming convention is suggested for all developer-configured network
* device configuration structures :
*
* NetDev_Cfg_<Device>[_Number]
*
* where
* <Device> Name of device or device driver
* [Number] Network device number for each specific instance of
* device (optional if the development board does NOT
* support multiple instances of the specific device)
*
* Examples :
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_MACB; Ethernet configuration for MACB
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_0; Ethernet configuration for FEC #0
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_1; Ethernet configuration for FEC #1
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_WIFI NetDev_Cfg_RS9110N21_0; Wireless configuration for RS9110-N-21
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
extern NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_AXIEthernetLite_0;
extern NET_PHY_CFG_ETHER NetPhy_Cfg_Ether_0;
#endif /* NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

96
src/APP/Aufgabe3/ps7/core0/cfg/shell_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell Utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/Shell is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* SHELL UTILITY CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : shell_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : SR
* FBJ
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef SHELL_CFG_H
#define SHELL_CFG_H
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* SHELL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the size of the table used to hold the various modules' command tables. Command
* tables are added using the Shell_CmdTblAdd() function. Once the table is full, it is not
* possible to add any more unless Shell_CmdTblRem() is first called.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum number or argument(s) a command may pass on the string holding the
* complete command. The minimum value is 1.
*
* (3) Defines the maximum length for module command name, including the NULL character.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_TBL_SIZE 3 /* Cfg Shell cmd tbl size (see Note #1). */
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_ARG_NBR_MAX 5 /* Cfg cmd max nbr of arg (see Note #2). */
#define SHELL_CFG_MODULE_CMD_NAME_LEN_MAX 6 /* Cfg module cmd name len (See Note #3). */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRACING
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define TRACE_LEVEL_OFF 0u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_INFO
#define TRACE_LEVEL_INFO 1u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_DBG
#define TRACE_LEVEL_DBG 2u
#endif
#define SHELL_TRACE_LEVEL TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define SHELL_TRACE printf
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif

70
src/APP/Aufgabe3/ps7/core0/cfg/terminal_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
* Knowledge of the source code may not be used to write a similar
* product. This file may only be used in accordance with a license
* and should not be redistributed in any way.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* TERMINAL
*
* CONFIGURATION TEMPLATE FILE
*
* Filename : terminal_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : BAN
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 16u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size of the task stacks (# of OS_STK entries)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 1024u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TERMINAL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the maximum length of a command entered on the terminal, in characters.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum path length of the Current Working Directory (CWD).
*
* (3) Enables/disables command history.
*
* (4) Defines the number of items to hold in the command history.
*
* (5) Defines the length of a item in the command history. If a command is entered into the
* terminal that exceeds this length, then only the first characters, up to this number of
* characters, will be copied into the command history.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_CMD_LEN 260u /* Cfg max cmd len (see Note #1). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_PATH_LEN 260u /* Cfg max path len (see Note #2). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_EN DEF_ENABLED /* En/dis history (see Note #3). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEMS_NBR 16u /* Cfg nbr history items (see Note #4). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEM_LEN 64u /* Cfg history item len (see Note #5). */

82
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/app_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* (c) Copyright 2014-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* This BSP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* Filename : app_cfg.h
* Version : V1.42
* Programmer(s) : JBL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#define UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#include <lib_def.h>
#include <xparameters.h>
#define APP_CPU_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_LIB_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_COMMON_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_SHELL_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_CLK_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSIII_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSII_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_EXP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DHCPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DNSC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_HTTPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_MQTTC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TELNETS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_IPERF_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_FS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBD_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBH_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OPENAMP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define OS_TASK_TMR_PRIO 3
#endif /* #ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT */

202
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/can_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN
* The Embedded CAN suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2003-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/CAN is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN CONFIGURATION
*
* ZYNQ ZC7000 Series
* CAN DRIVER
* Filename : can_cfg.h
* Version : V2.41.00
* Programmer(s) : E0
* DC
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_
#define _CAN_CFG_H_
#include "lib_def.h"
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMMON DEFINES & ENUMERATIONS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Definiton for CANSIG_GRANULARITY, Options: */
#define CAN_CFG_BIT 0u /* BIT */
#define CAN_CFG_BYTE 1u /* BYTE */
#ifndef CAN_FALSE
#define CAN_FALSE 0u
#endif
#ifndef CAN_TRUE
#define CAN_TRUE 1u
#endif
#ifndef NULL_PTR
#define NULL_PTR (void *)0
#endif
/* ------------ APPLICATION ENUMERATIONS -------------- */
enum {
S_NODESTATUS = 0,
S_CPULOAD,
S_COUNTER,
S_MAX,
};
enum {
M_STATUS = 0,
M_COMMAND,
M_MAX
};
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MULTIPLE CAN CONTROLLERS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_0 DEF_ENABLED
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_1 DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DRIVER SPECIFIC DEFINES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ---------------- BAUDRATE SETTINGS ----------------- */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_BAUDRATE 1000000u /* Default Baudrate */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_SP 750u /* Default Bit Sample Point in 1/10 % */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_RJW 125u /* Default Re-Synch Jump Width in 1/10 % */
/* ---------------- TIMEOUT SETTINGS ------------------ */
#define CAN_TIMEOUT_ERR_VAL 100000uL /* Timeout Value for While Loop Error Checks */
/* ================================== ADVANCED DRIVER CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By Default, the following Driver specific settings for the ZYNQ ZC7xxx Driver are set to their default values */
/* unless they are modified by customer needs. */
/* */
/* By Default, the Watermark level is configured to Maximum Watermark Value in the Driver, based on the reset value */
/* presented by the Reference Manual. Redefine the following define to modify the Watermark Level for the following. */
/* Tx FIFO Empty & Rx FIFO Full Watermark Level(s): */
/* NOTE : The VALID range is between 1 & 63. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_WATERMARK_Rx_Tx_SIZE 63u */
/* */
/* By Default, the Operating Mode of the CAN controller is configured to "NORMAL" Mode. For diagnostic checking, */
/* additional operating modes have been included in the driver. Redefine the following define to modify the Operating */
/* Mode to either "LOOP BACK" or "SNOOP" Mode(s). */
/* NOTE that only one operating mode can be selected at once at Initialization. Once CAN has been Initialized it */
/* is possible to change between Operating Modes at run-time using the xxx_CAN_IoCtl() API Function call. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_OFF 0u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK 1u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SNOOP 2u */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SELECT CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK */
/* */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN BUS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANBUS_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Bus Management */
#define CANBUS_N 3u /* Number of busses */
#define CANBUS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANBUS_TX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusTxHandler */
#define CANBUS_RX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusRxHandler */
#define CANBUS_NS_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusNsHandler */
#define CANBUS_STAT_EN 1u /* Enable Bus Statistics */
#define CANBUS_TX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Transmit Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_RX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Receive Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_NS_EN 1u /* Enable Node Status Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_RX_EN 1u /* Enable Rx Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_RX_READ_ALWAYS_EN 1u /* If enabled the Rx Handler executes a read even.. */
/* .. when frames can't be allocated */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN MESSAGE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANMSG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Message Support */
#define CANMSG_N 2u /* Number of messages */
#define CANMSG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN SIGNAL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANSIG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Signal Database */
#define CANSIG_N 3u /* Number of signals */
#define CANSIG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANSIG_MAX_WIDTH 4u /* Maximal signal width in byte */
#define CANSIG_GRANULARITY CAN_CFG_BYTE /* Set signal resolution to byte */
#define CANSIG_STATIC_CONFIG 1u /* To reduce memory usage, declare static signal table */
#define CANSIG_USE_DELETE 0u /* To reduce memory usage don't use delete functions */
#define CANSIG_CALLBACK_EN 0u /* Enable callback functions */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN FRAME
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANFRM_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN OS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANOS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CONFIGURATION END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* #ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_ */

146
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/dhcp-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DHCPc
* Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Client
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DHCP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DHCP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dhcp-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.10.00
* Programmer(s) : SR
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
* Notes: (1) Task priorities configuration values should be used by the DHCPc OS port. The following task priorities
* should be defined:
*
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO
*
* Task priorities can be defined either in this configuration file 'dhcp-c_cfg.h' or in a global
* OS tasks priorities configuration header file which must be included in 'dhcp-c_cfg.h'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* See Note #1. */
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 13
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO 14
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size (depth) of the task stacks (See the definition of CPU_STK for stack width)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 512
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_STK_SIZE 256
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc
*
* Note(s) : (1) Default port for DHCP server is 67, and default port for DHCP client is 68.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF to the maximum number of interface this DHCP client will
* be able to manage at a given time.
*
* (4) Once the DHCP server has assigned the client an address, the later may perform a final
* check prior to use this address in order to make sure it is not being used by another
* host on the network.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_SERVER 67
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_CLIENT 68
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_RX_TIMEOUT_MS 1000
#define DHCPc_CFG_PARAM_REQ_TBL_SIZE 5
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
#define DHCPc_CFG_ADDR_VALIDATE_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* ... (see Note #4) : */
/* DEF_DISABLED Validation NOT performed */
/* DEF_ENABLED Validation performed */
#define DHCPc_CFG_DYN_LOCAL_LINK_ADDR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED local-link configuration DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED local-link configuration ENABLED */
#define DHCPc_CFG_LOCAL_LINK_MAX_RETRY 3
/* link-local address. */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client internal debug
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #3) : */
#define DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */

111
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/dns-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DNSc
* Domain Name Server (client)
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DNSc is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DNS CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dns-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.00.01
* Programmer(s) : AA
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/dns-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DNS client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* See Note 1. */
#define DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED External argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED External argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc FEATURES CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN to enable/disable the DNS client asynchronous communication mode:
*
* (a) When ENABLED, A dedicated task will handle all host resolution request. It will be possible to
* call DNS API to get remote host address without blocking.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always block until the resolution is completed.
*
* (2) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the asynchronous
* communication is enabled.
*
* (a) When ENABLED, It will be possible to block when calling the DNS API to get remote host until the
* resolution is completed (via a flag option).
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always be non-blocking, must poll DNS client to
* know when the resolution is completed.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure asynchronous mode feature, See Note #1 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Asynchronous mode DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Asynchronous mode ENABLED */
/* Configure blocking option feature, See Note #2 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Blocking option DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Blocking option ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc RUN-TIME STRUCTURE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) These structures should be defined into a 'C' file.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const DNSc_CFG DNSc_Cfg; /* Must always be defined. */
#if (DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN == DEF_ENABLED)
extern const DNSc_CFG_TASK DNSc_CfgTask; /* Not required when Asynchronous mode is disabled. */
#endif
#endif

23
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/gt_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
/*
* gt_cfg.h
*
* Created on: Aug 19, 2014
* Author: matthiasb
*/
#ifndef GT_CFG_H_
#define GT_CFG_H_
#define GT_USE_NP_REGIONS 1
#define GT_USE_NP_MEAS 1
#define GT_NUM_OF_TASKS 3
#define GT_REPORT_CONSOLE 0
#define GT_REPORT_SVC 0
#define GT_TTC_DEVICE_ID XPAR_PS7_TTC_2_DEVICE_ID
#define GT_TTC_PWM_INTR_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_2_INTR
#define GT_TIMER_TICKS_PER_SEC 10000
#include "gt_core_cfg.h"
#endif /* GT_CFG_H_ */

24
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/gt_core_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
/*
* gt_core_cfg.h
*
* Created on: Aug 19, 2014
* Author: matthiasb
*/
#ifndef GT_CORE_CFG_H_
#define GT_CORE_CFG_H_
#define GT_USE_CPU_ARM9 0
#define GT_USE_CPU_CM3 0
#define GT_USE_CPU_CM7 0
#define GT_USE_CPU_ARM_V7_A 1
#define GT_STACKSIZE 256
#define GT_MAXTASKS 10
#define GT_MAXQACT 5
#if ( GT_NUM_OF_TASKS > GT_MAXTASKS )
#error "Too many tasks, increase GT_MAXTASKS or decrease GT_NUM_OF_TASKS"
#endif
#endif /* GT_CORE_CFG_H_ */

224
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/http-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/HTTP
* Hypertext Transfer Protocol
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/HTTP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* HTTP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : http-c_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.01
* Programmer(s) : MM
* AL
*********************************************************************************************************
* Note(s) : (1) Assumes the following versions (or more recent) of software modules are included in
* the project build :
*
* (a) uC/CPU V1.29.02
* (b) uC/LIB V1.38.00
* (c) uC/Common V1.00.00
* (d) uC/TCP-IP V3.03.00
*
*
* (2) For additional details on the features available with uC/HTTPc, the API, the
* installation, etc. Please refer to the uC/HTTPc documentation available at
* https://doc.micrium.com/HTTPc.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <Common/http.h>
#include <Client/Source/http-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMPILE-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the HTTP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT TASK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN to enable/disable HTTP client task.
* (a) DEF_DISABLED : No HTTP client task will be created to process the HTTP requests.
* The Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled.
*
* (b) DEF_ENABLED : An HTTP client task will be created to process all the HTTP requests.
* The Non-Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled. Therefore, multiple
* connections can be handle by the task simultaneously.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the
* asynchronous HTTPc Task is enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT PERSISTENT CONNECTION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN to enable/disable Persistent Connection support.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT CHUNKED TRANSFER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN to enable/disable Chunked Transfer support in Transmission.
*
* (2) Chunked Transfer in Reception is always enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT QUERY STRING CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN to enable/disable Query String support in URL.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT HEADER FIELD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in reception
* (i.e for headers received in the HTTP response.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in transmission
* (i.e for headers to include in the HTTP request.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT FORM CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN to enable/disable HTTP form creation source code.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT USER DATA CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN to enable/disable user data pointer in HTTPc_CONN
* and HTTPc_REQ structure.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT WEBSOCKET CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN to enable/disable the Websocket feature.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* RUN-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const HTTP_TASK_CFG HTTPc_TaskCfg;
extern const HTTPc_CFG HTTPc_Cfg;
/* =============================================== END =============================================== */
#endif /* HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

58
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/intr_timer.h
View File

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
/*
* intr_timer.h
*
* Created on: Nov 13, 2018
* Author: laurenzb
*/
#ifndef SRC_APP_AUFGABE3_PS7_CORE0_CFG_INTR_TIMER_H_
/************************** Constant Definitions *****************************/
/*
* The following constants map to the XPAR parameters created in the
* xparameters.h file. They are only defined here such that a user can easily
* change all the needed parameters in one place.
*/
#define TTC_TICK_DEVICE_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_1_DEVICE_ID
#define TTC_TICK_INTR_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_1_INTR
#define TTC_PWM_DEVICE_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_0_DEVICE_ID
#define TTC_PWM_INTR_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_0_INTR
#define TTCPS_CLOCK_HZ XPAR_XTTCPS_0_CLOCK_HZ
#define INTC_DEVICE_ID XPAR_SCUGIC_SINGLE_DEVICE_ID
/*
* Constants to set the basic operating parameters.
* PWM_DELTA_DUTY is critical to the running time of the test. Smaller values
* make the test run longer.
*/
#define TICK_TIMER_FREQ_HZ 100 /* Tick timer counter's output frequency */
#define PWM_OUT_FREQ 350 /* PWM timer counter's output frequency */
#define PWM_DELTA_DUTY 50 /* Initial and increment to duty cycle for PWM */
#define TICKS_PER_CHANGE_PERIOD TICK_TIMER_FREQ_HZ * 5 /* Tick signals PWM */
/************************** Function Prototypes ******************************/
static int TmrInterruptExample(void); /* Main test */
/* Set up routines for timer counters */
static int SetupTicker(void);
static int SetupPWM(void);
static int SetupTimer(int DeviceID);
/* Interleaved interrupt test for both timer counters */
static int WaitForDutyCycleFull(void);
static int SetupInterruptSystem(u16 IntcDeviceID, XScuGic *IntcInstancePtr);
static void TickHandler(void *CallBackRef);
static void PWMHandler(void *CallBackRef);
#endif /* SRC_APP_AUFGABE3_PS7_CORE0_CFG_INTR_TIMER_H_ */

676
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/net_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,676 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_cfg.h
* Version : V3.03.01
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <net_def.h>
#include <net_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK EXTERNAL APPLICATION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) When uC/DNS-Client is present in the project some high level functions can resolve hostname.
* So uC/TCPIP should know that uC/DNS-Client is present to call the proper API.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure DNS Client feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_EXT_MODULE_CFG_DNS_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED DNS Client is DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED DNS Client is ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network task maps to a unique, developer-configured task configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to Net_Init().
*
* (b) Since these task configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetRxTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTxDeallocTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTmrTaskCfg;
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS Q CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Rx queue size should be configured such that it reflects the total number of DMA receive descriptors on all
* devices. If DMA is not available, or a combination of DMA and I/O based interfaces are configured then this
* number reflects the maximum number of packets that can be acknowledged and signalled during a single receive
* interrupt event for all interfaces.
*
* (2) Tx queue size should be defined to be the total number of small and large transmit buffers declared for
* all interfaces.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_CFG_IF_RX_Q_SIZE 100
#define NET_CFG_IF_TX_DEALLOC_Q_SIZE 100
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) uC/TCP-IP code may call optimized assembly functions. Optimized assembly files/functions must be included
* in the project to be enabled. Optimized functions are located in files under folders:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Ports/<processor>/<compiler>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network protocol suite's assembly ... */
/* ... optimization (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CFG_OPTIMIZE_ASM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Assembly optimization DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Assembly optimization ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEBUG CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite external
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite internal,
* debug argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK COUNTER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite statistics counters.
*
* (2) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite error counters.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure statistics counter feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Stat counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Stat counters ENABLED */
/* Configure error counter feature (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Error counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Error counters ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK TIMER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR with the desired number of network TIMER objects.
*
* Timers are required for :
*
* (a) ARP & NDP cache entries
* (b) IP fragment reassembly
* (c) TCP state machine connections
* (d) IF Link status check-up
*
* (2) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ to schedule the execution frequency of the network timer
* task -- how often NetTmr_TaskHandler() is scheduled to run per second as implemented in
* NetTmr_Task().
*
* (a) NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ MUST NOT be configured as a floating-point frequency.
*
* See also 'net_tmr.h NETWORK TIMER TASK TIME DEFINES Notes #1 & #2'
* & 'net_tmr.c NetTmr_Task() Notes #1 & #2'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR 100
#define NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ 10
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK INTERFACE LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_IF_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
/* Configure specific interface(s) : */
#define NET_IF_CFG_LOOPBACK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_ETHER_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_WIFI_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Interface type DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED interface type ENABLED */
#define NET_IF_CFG_TX_SUSPEND_TIMEOUT_MS 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* ADDRESS RESOLUTION PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Address resolution protocol ONLY required for IPv4.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_ARP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 3
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NEIGHBOR DISCOVERY PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Neighbor Discovery Protocol ONLY required for IPv6.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_NDP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_DEST_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_PREFIX_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_ROUTER_NBR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET PROTOCOL LAYER VERSION CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv4
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv4 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv4 enabled. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv6
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv6. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Stateless Address Auto-Configuration. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_ADDR_AUTO_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Duplication Address Detection (DAD). */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_DAD_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 DAD disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 DAD enabled. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET GROUP MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL(MULTICAST) LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4 multicast support : */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Multicast rx or tx disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED Multicast rx or tx enabled. */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_HOST_GRP_NBR_MAX 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SOCKET LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) The maximum accept queue size represents the number of connection that can be queued by
* the stack before being accepted. For a TCP server when a connection is queued, it means
* that the SYN, ACK packet has been sent back, so the remote host can start transmitting
* data once the connection is queued and the stack will queue up all data received until
* the connection is accepted and the data is read.
*
* (2) Receive and transmit queue size MUST be properly configured to optimize performance.
*
* (a) It represents the number of bytes that can be queued by one socket. It's important
* that all socket are not able to queue more data than what the device can hold in its
* buffers.
*
* (b) The size should be also a multiple of the maximum segment size (MSS) to optimize
* performance. UDP MSS is 1470 and TCP MSS is 1460.
*
* (c) RX and TX queue size can be reduce at runtime using socket option API.
*
* (d) Window calculation example:
*
* Number of TCP connection : 2
* Number of UDP connection : 0
* Number of RX large buffer : 10
* Number of TX Large buffer : 6
* Number of TX small buffer : 2
* Size of RX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX small buffer : 60
*
* TCP MSS RX = 1460
* TCP MSS TX large buffer = 1460
* TCP MSS TX small buffer = 0
*
* Maximum receive window = (10 * 1460) = 14600 bytes
* Maximum transmit window = (6 * 1460) + (2 * 0) = 8760 bytes
*
* RX window size per socket = (14600 / 2) = 7300 bytes
* TX window size per socket = (8760 / 2) = 4380 bytes
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_TCP 2
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_UDP 1
/* Configure socket select functionality : */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SEL_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Socket select DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Socket select ENABLED */
/* Configure stream-type sockets' accept queue */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_CONN_ACCEPT_Q_SIZE_MAX 2
/* Configure sockets' buffer sizes in number of octets */
/* (see Note #2): */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
/* ================================== ADVANCED SOCKET CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By default sockets are set to block. Add the following define to set all sockets as non-blocking. Note that it's */
/* possible to change socket's blocking mode at runtime using socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_NO_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED */
/* */
/* By default random port start at 65000, redefine the following define to modify where random port start: */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_PORT_NBR_RANDOM_BASE 65000u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeouts. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_RX_Q_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_REQ_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACCEPT_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_CLOSE_MS 10000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure TCP support : */
#define NET_TCP_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED TCP layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED TCP layer ENABLED */
/* ========================================= ADVANCED TCP LAYER CONFIGURATION ========================================= */
/* By default TCP RX and TX windows are set to equal the socket RX and TX queue sizes. Default values can be changed by */
/* redefining the following defines. TCP windows must be properly configured to optimize performance (see note about */
/* Socket TX and RX windows). Note that it's possible to decrease window size at run time using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_RX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* */
/* As shown in the TCP state diagram (see RFC #793), before moving from 'TIME-WAIT' state to 'CLOSED' state a timeout */
/* (2MSL) must expire. This means that the TCP connection cannot be made available for subsequent TCP connections until */
/* this timeout. It can be a problem for embedded systems with low resources especially when many TCP connections are */
/* made in a small period of time since it is possible to run out of free TCP connections quickly. Therefore this */
/* timeout is set to 0 by default to avoid this kind of problem and the connection is made available as soon as the */
/* 'TIME-WAIT' state is reached. However, it's possible to set the default MSL timeout to something else by redefining */
/* the following define. Note that it is possible to change the MSL timeout for a specific TCP connection using Socket */
/* option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_MAX_SEG_SEC 0u */
/* */
/* To avoid leaving a connection in the FIN_WAIT_2 state forever when a connection moves from the 'FIN_WAIT_1' state to */
/* the FIN_WAIT_2, the TCP connection's timer is set to 15 second, and when it expires the connection is dropped. Thus, */
/* if the other host doesn't response to the close request, the connection will still be closed after the timeout. */
/* This default timeout can be change by redefining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_FIN_WAIT_2_SEC 15u */
/* */
/* The number of TCP connections is configured following the number of TCP sockets and the accept queue size when the */
/* MSL is set to 0 ms. However, since the default MSL can be modified, it might be needed to increase the number of TCP */
/* connections to establish more connections when waiting for the MSL expiration. It is possible to add more TCP */
/* connections by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_NBR_CONN 0u */
/* */
/* By default an 'ACK' is generated within 500 ms of the arrival of the first unacknowledged packet, as specified in */
/* RFC #2581, Section 4.2. However it's possible to modify this value by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACK_DLY_MS 500u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeout. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_RX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_TX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_APP_API_SEL with the desired configuration for demultiplexing
* UDP datagrams to application connections :
*
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to application-specific
* connections ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets first;
* if NO socket connection found to demultiplex
* a UDP datagram, demultiplex to application-
* specific connection.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxDatagram() Note #1'
* & 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxAppData() Note #1'.
*
* (2) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally ... discard
* ... [or allow] ... received ... UDP datagrams without checksums".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN to enable/disable discarding of UDP
* datagrams received with NO computed check-sum :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are discarded.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are flagged so
* that application(s) may handle &/or discard.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktValidate() Note #4d3A'.
*
* (3) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally be able to
* control whether a UDP checksum will be generated".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN to enable/disable transmitting UDP datagrams
* with check-sums :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted with a computed check-sum.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted without a computed check-sum.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_TxPktPrepareHdr() Note #3b'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure UDP Receive Check-Sum Discard feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED UDP Check-Sums Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Validated */
/* DEF_ENABLED UDP Datagrams Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Discarded */
/* Configure UDP Transmit Check-Sum feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #3b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Transmit Check-Sums DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Transmit Check-Sums ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SECURITY MANAGER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) The network security layer can be enabled ONLY if the application project contains a secure module
* supported by uC/TCPIP such as:
*
* (a) NanoSSL provided by Mocana.
* (b) CyaSSL provided by YaSSL.
*
* (2) The network security port must be also added to the project. Security port can be found under the folder:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Secure/<module>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network security layer (See Note #1 & #2): */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Security layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Security layer ENABLED */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_SERVER 2u /* Configure total number of server secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_CLIENT 2u /* Configure total number of client secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers certificate maximum length (bytes) */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_KEY_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers key maximum length (bytes) */
/* Configure maximum number of certificate authorities */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_CA 1u /* that can be installed. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CA_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure CA certificate maximum length (bytes) */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERFACE CHECKSUM OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) These configuration can be enabled only if all your interfaces support specific checksum offload
* option.
*
* (2) By default a driver should enabled the all checksum offload option.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ========================================== ADVANCED OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION ========================================== */
/* By default all checksum are validated by the stack however it is possible to enable or disable specific checksum */
/* validate and calculation if the interface controller is able to achieve it. You can add the following define in this */
/* file to change the default behavior. */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- IPv4 CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- ICMP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- UDP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- TCP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/* ======================================================= END ======================================================== */
#endif /* NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED

115
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/net_xil_ether_lite_dev_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_dev_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.00
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*
* Note(s) : (1) This network device configuration header file is protected from multiple pre-processor
* inclusion through use of the network module present pre-processor macro definition.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT /* See Note #1. */
#define NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/net_cfg_net.h>
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_ether.h>
#endif
#ifdef NET_IF_WIFI_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_wifi.h>
#endif
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network device maps to a unique, developer-configured device configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_dev_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to NetIF_Add().
*
* (b) Since these device configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures. However,
* the following naming convention is suggested for all developer-configured network
* device configuration structures :
*
* NetDev_Cfg_<Device>[_Number]
*
* where
* <Device> Name of device or device driver
* [Number] Network device number for each specific instance of
* device (optional if the development board does NOT
* support multiple instances of the specific device)
*
* Examples :
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_MACB; Ethernet configuration for MACB
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_0; Ethernet configuration for FEC #0
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_1; Ethernet configuration for FEC #1
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_WIFI NetDev_Cfg_RS9110N21_0; Wireless configuration for RS9110-N-21
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
extern NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_AXIEthernetLite_0;
extern NET_PHY_CFG_ETHER NetPhy_Cfg_Ether_0;
#endif /* NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

96
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/shell_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell Utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/Shell is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* SHELL UTILITY CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : shell_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : SR
* FBJ
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef SHELL_CFG_H
#define SHELL_CFG_H
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* SHELL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the size of the table used to hold the various modules' command tables. Command
* tables are added using the Shell_CmdTblAdd() function. Once the table is full, it is not
* possible to add any more unless Shell_CmdTblRem() is first called.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum number or argument(s) a command may pass on the string holding the
* complete command. The minimum value is 1.
*
* (3) Defines the maximum length for module command name, including the NULL character.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_TBL_SIZE 3 /* Cfg Shell cmd tbl size (see Note #1). */
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_ARG_NBR_MAX 5 /* Cfg cmd max nbr of arg (see Note #2). */
#define SHELL_CFG_MODULE_CMD_NAME_LEN_MAX 6 /* Cfg module cmd name len (See Note #3). */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRACING
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define TRACE_LEVEL_OFF 0u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_INFO
#define TRACE_LEVEL_INFO 1u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_DBG
#define TRACE_LEVEL_DBG 2u
#endif
#define SHELL_TRACE_LEVEL TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define SHELL_TRACE printf
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif

70
src/APP/Aufgabe4/ps7/core0/cfg/terminal_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
* Knowledge of the source code may not be used to write a similar
* product. This file may only be used in accordance with a license
* and should not be redistributed in any way.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* TERMINAL
*
* CONFIGURATION TEMPLATE FILE
*
* Filename : terminal_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : BAN
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 16u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size of the task stacks (# of OS_STK entries)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 1024u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TERMINAL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the maximum length of a command entered on the terminal, in characters.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum path length of the Current Working Directory (CWD).
*
* (3) Enables/disables command history.
*
* (4) Defines the number of items to hold in the command history.
*
* (5) Defines the length of a item in the command history. If a command is entered into the
* terminal that exceeds this length, then only the first characters, up to this number of
* characters, will be copied into the command history.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_CMD_LEN 260u /* Cfg max cmd len (see Note #1). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_PATH_LEN 260u /* Cfg max path len (see Note #2). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_EN DEF_ENABLED /* En/dis history (see Note #3). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEMS_NBR 16u /* Cfg nbr history items (see Note #4). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEM_LEN 64u /* Cfg history item len (see Note #5). */

82
src/APP/Aufgabe6/ps7/core0/cfg/app_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* (c) Copyright 2014-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* This BSP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* Filename : app_cfg.h
* Version : V1.42
* Programmer(s) : JBL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#define UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#include <lib_def.h>
#include <xparameters.h>
#define APP_CPU_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_LIB_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_COMMON_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_SHELL_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_CLK_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSIII_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSII_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_EXP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DHCPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DNSC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_HTTPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_MQTTC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TELNETS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_IPERF_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_FS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBD_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBH_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OPENAMP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define OS_TASK_TMR_PRIO 3
#endif /* #ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT */

202
src/APP/Aufgabe6/ps7/core0/cfg/can_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN
* The Embedded CAN suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2003-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/CAN is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN CONFIGURATION
*
* ZYNQ ZC7000 Series
* CAN DRIVER
* Filename : can_cfg.h
* Version : V2.41.00
* Programmer(s) : E0
* DC
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_
#define _CAN_CFG_H_
#include "lib_def.h"
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMMON DEFINES & ENUMERATIONS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Definiton for CANSIG_GRANULARITY, Options: */
#define CAN_CFG_BIT 0u /* BIT */
#define CAN_CFG_BYTE 1u /* BYTE */
#ifndef CAN_FALSE
#define CAN_FALSE 0u
#endif
#ifndef CAN_TRUE
#define CAN_TRUE 1u
#endif
#ifndef NULL_PTR
#define NULL_PTR (void *)0
#endif
/* ------------ APPLICATION ENUMERATIONS -------------- */
enum {
S_NODESTATUS = 0,
S_CPULOAD,
S_COUNTER,
S_MAX,
};
enum {
M_STATUS = 0,
M_COMMAND,
M_MAX
};
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MULTIPLE CAN CONTROLLERS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_0 DEF_ENABLED
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_1 DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DRIVER SPECIFIC DEFINES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ---------------- BAUDRATE SETTINGS ----------------- */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_BAUDRATE 1000000u /* Default Baudrate */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_SP 750u /* Default Bit Sample Point in 1/10 % */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_RJW 125u /* Default Re-Synch Jump Width in 1/10 % */
/* ---------------- TIMEOUT SETTINGS ------------------ */
#define CAN_TIMEOUT_ERR_VAL 100000uL /* Timeout Value for While Loop Error Checks */
/* ================================== ADVANCED DRIVER CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By Default, the following Driver specific settings for the ZYNQ ZC7xxx Driver are set to their default values */
/* unless they are modified by customer needs. */
/* */
/* By Default, the Watermark level is configured to Maximum Watermark Value in the Driver, based on the reset value */
/* presented by the Reference Manual. Redefine the following define to modify the Watermark Level for the following. */
/* Tx FIFO Empty & Rx FIFO Full Watermark Level(s): */
/* NOTE : The VALID range is between 1 & 63. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_WATERMARK_Rx_Tx_SIZE 63u */
/* */
/* By Default, the Operating Mode of the CAN controller is configured to "NORMAL" Mode. For diagnostic checking, */
/* additional operating modes have been included in the driver. Redefine the following define to modify the Operating */
/* Mode to either "LOOP BACK" or "SNOOP" Mode(s). */
/* NOTE that only one operating mode can be selected at once at Initialization. Once CAN has been Initialized it */
/* is possible to change between Operating Modes at run-time using the xxx_CAN_IoCtl() API Function call. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_OFF 0u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK 1u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SNOOP 2u */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SELECT CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK */
/* */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN BUS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANBUS_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Bus Management */
#define CANBUS_N 3u /* Number of busses */
#define CANBUS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANBUS_TX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusTxHandler */
#define CANBUS_RX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusRxHandler */
#define CANBUS_NS_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusNsHandler */
#define CANBUS_STAT_EN 1u /* Enable Bus Statistics */
#define CANBUS_TX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Transmit Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_RX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Receive Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_NS_EN 1u /* Enable Node Status Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_RX_EN 1u /* Enable Rx Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_RX_READ_ALWAYS_EN 1u /* If enabled the Rx Handler executes a read even.. */
/* .. when frames can't be allocated */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN MESSAGE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANMSG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Message Support */
#define CANMSG_N 2u /* Number of messages */
#define CANMSG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN SIGNAL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANSIG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Signal Database */
#define CANSIG_N 3u /* Number of signals */
#define CANSIG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANSIG_MAX_WIDTH 4u /* Maximal signal width in byte */
#define CANSIG_GRANULARITY CAN_CFG_BYTE /* Set signal resolution to byte */
#define CANSIG_STATIC_CONFIG 1u /* To reduce memory usage, declare static signal table */
#define CANSIG_USE_DELETE 0u /* To reduce memory usage don't use delete functions */
#define CANSIG_CALLBACK_EN 0u /* Enable callback functions */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN FRAME
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANFRM_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN OS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANOS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CONFIGURATION END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* #ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_ */

146
src/APP/Aufgabe6/ps7/core0/cfg/dhcp-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DHCPc
* Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Client
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DHCP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DHCP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dhcp-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.10.00
* Programmer(s) : SR
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
* Notes: (1) Task priorities configuration values should be used by the DHCPc OS port. The following task priorities
* should be defined:
*
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO
*
* Task priorities can be defined either in this configuration file 'dhcp-c_cfg.h' or in a global
* OS tasks priorities configuration header file which must be included in 'dhcp-c_cfg.h'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* See Note #1. */
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 13
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO 14
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size (depth) of the task stacks (See the definition of CPU_STK for stack width)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 512
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_STK_SIZE 256
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc
*
* Note(s) : (1) Default port for DHCP server is 67, and default port for DHCP client is 68.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF to the maximum number of interface this DHCP client will
* be able to manage at a given time.
*
* (4) Once the DHCP server has assigned the client an address, the later may perform a final
* check prior to use this address in order to make sure it is not being used by another
* host on the network.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_SERVER 67
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_CLIENT 68
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_RX_TIMEOUT_MS 1000
#define DHCPc_CFG_PARAM_REQ_TBL_SIZE 5
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
#define DHCPc_CFG_ADDR_VALIDATE_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* ... (see Note #4) : */
/* DEF_DISABLED Validation NOT performed */
/* DEF_ENABLED Validation performed */
#define DHCPc_CFG_DYN_LOCAL_LINK_ADDR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED local-link configuration DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED local-link configuration ENABLED */
#define DHCPc_CFG_LOCAL_LINK_MAX_RETRY 3
/* link-local address. */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client internal debug
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #3) : */
#define DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */

111
src/APP/Aufgabe6/ps7/core0/cfg/dns-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DNSc
* Domain Name Server (client)
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DNSc is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DNS CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dns-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.00.01
* Programmer(s) : AA
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/dns-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DNS client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* See Note 1. */
#define DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED External argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED External argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc FEATURES CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN to enable/disable the DNS client asynchronous communication mode:
*
* (a) When ENABLED, A dedicated task will handle all host resolution request. It will be possible to
* call DNS API to get remote host address without blocking.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always block until the resolution is completed.
*
* (2) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the asynchronous
* communication is enabled.
*
* (a) When ENABLED, It will be possible to block when calling the DNS API to get remote host until the
* resolution is completed (via a flag option).
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always be non-blocking, must poll DNS client to
* know when the resolution is completed.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure asynchronous mode feature, See Note #1 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Asynchronous mode DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Asynchronous mode ENABLED */
/* Configure blocking option feature, See Note #2 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Blocking option DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Blocking option ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc RUN-TIME STRUCTURE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) These structures should be defined into a 'C' file.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const DNSc_CFG DNSc_Cfg; /* Must always be defined. */
#if (DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN == DEF_ENABLED)
extern const DNSc_CFG_TASK DNSc_CfgTask; /* Not required when Asynchronous mode is disabled. */
#endif
#endif

224
src/APP/Aufgabe6/ps7/core0/cfg/http-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/HTTP
* Hypertext Transfer Protocol
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/HTTP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* HTTP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : http-c_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.01
* Programmer(s) : MM
* AL
*********************************************************************************************************
* Note(s) : (1) Assumes the following versions (or more recent) of software modules are included in
* the project build :
*
* (a) uC/CPU V1.29.02
* (b) uC/LIB V1.38.00
* (c) uC/Common V1.00.00
* (d) uC/TCP-IP V3.03.00
*
*
* (2) For additional details on the features available with uC/HTTPc, the API, the
* installation, etc. Please refer to the uC/HTTPc documentation available at
* https://doc.micrium.com/HTTPc.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <Common/http.h>
#include <Client/Source/http-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMPILE-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the HTTP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT TASK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN to enable/disable HTTP client task.
* (a) DEF_DISABLED : No HTTP client task will be created to process the HTTP requests.
* The Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled.
*
* (b) DEF_ENABLED : An HTTP client task will be created to process all the HTTP requests.
* The Non-Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled. Therefore, multiple
* connections can be handle by the task simultaneously.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the
* asynchronous HTTPc Task is enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT PERSISTENT CONNECTION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN to enable/disable Persistent Connection support.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT CHUNKED TRANSFER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN to enable/disable Chunked Transfer support in Transmission.
*
* (2) Chunked Transfer in Reception is always enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT QUERY STRING CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN to enable/disable Query String support in URL.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT HEADER FIELD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in reception
* (i.e for headers received in the HTTP response.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in transmission
* (i.e for headers to include in the HTTP request.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT FORM CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN to enable/disable HTTP form creation source code.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT USER DATA CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN to enable/disable user data pointer in HTTPc_CONN
* and HTTPc_REQ structure.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT WEBSOCKET CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN to enable/disable the Websocket feature.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* RUN-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const HTTP_TASK_CFG HTTPc_TaskCfg;
extern const HTTPc_CFG HTTPc_Cfg;
/* =============================================== END =============================================== */
#endif /* HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

58
src/APP/Aufgabe6/ps7/core0/cfg/intr_timer.h
View File

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
/*
* intr_timer.h
*
* Created on: Nov 13, 2018
* Author: laurenzb
*/
#ifndef SRC_APP_AUFGABE3_PS7_CORE0_CFG_INTR_TIMER_H_
/************************** Constant Definitions *****************************/
/*
* The following constants map to the XPAR parameters created in the
* xparameters.h file. They are only defined here such that a user can easily
* change all the needed parameters in one place.
*/
#define TTC_TICK_DEVICE_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_1_DEVICE_ID
#define TTC_TICK_INTR_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_1_INTR
#define TTC_PWM_DEVICE_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_0_DEVICE_ID
#define TTC_PWM_INTR_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_0_INTR
#define TTCPS_CLOCK_HZ XPAR_XTTCPS_0_CLOCK_HZ
#define INTC_DEVICE_ID XPAR_SCUGIC_SINGLE_DEVICE_ID
/*
* Constants to set the basic operating parameters.
* PWM_DELTA_DUTY is critical to the running time of the test. Smaller values
* make the test run longer.
*/
#define TICK_TIMER_FREQ_HZ 100 /* Tick timer counter's output frequency */
#define PWM_OUT_FREQ 350 /* PWM timer counter's output frequency */
#define PWM_DELTA_DUTY 50 /* Initial and increment to duty cycle for PWM */
#define TICKS_PER_CHANGE_PERIOD TICK_TIMER_FREQ_HZ * 5 /* Tick signals PWM */
/************************** Function Prototypes ******************************/
static int TmrInterruptExample(void); /* Main test */
/* Set up routines for timer counters */
static int SetupTicker(void);
static int SetupPWM(void);
static int SetupTimer(int DeviceID);
/* Interleaved interrupt test for both timer counters */
static int WaitForDutyCycleFull(void);
static int SetupInterruptSystem(u16 IntcDeviceID, XScuGic *IntcInstancePtr);
static void TickHandler(void *CallBackRef);
static void PWMHandler(void *CallBackRef);
#endif /* SRC_APP_AUFGABE3_PS7_CORE0_CFG_INTR_TIMER_H_ */

676
src/APP/Aufgabe6/ps7/core0/cfg/net_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,676 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_cfg.h
* Version : V3.03.01
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <net_def.h>
#include <net_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK EXTERNAL APPLICATION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) When uC/DNS-Client is present in the project some high level functions can resolve hostname.
* So uC/TCPIP should know that uC/DNS-Client is present to call the proper API.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure DNS Client feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_EXT_MODULE_CFG_DNS_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED DNS Client is DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED DNS Client is ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network task maps to a unique, developer-configured task configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to Net_Init().
*
* (b) Since these task configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetRxTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTxDeallocTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTmrTaskCfg;
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS Q CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Rx queue size should be configured such that it reflects the total number of DMA receive descriptors on all
* devices. If DMA is not available, or a combination of DMA and I/O based interfaces are configured then this
* number reflects the maximum number of packets that can be acknowledged and signalled during a single receive
* interrupt event for all interfaces.
*
* (2) Tx queue size should be defined to be the total number of small and large transmit buffers declared for
* all interfaces.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_CFG_IF_RX_Q_SIZE 100
#define NET_CFG_IF_TX_DEALLOC_Q_SIZE 100
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) uC/TCP-IP code may call optimized assembly functions. Optimized assembly files/functions must be included
* in the project to be enabled. Optimized functions are located in files under folders:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Ports/<processor>/<compiler>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network protocol suite's assembly ... */
/* ... optimization (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CFG_OPTIMIZE_ASM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Assembly optimization DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Assembly optimization ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEBUG CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite external
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite internal,
* debug argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK COUNTER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite statistics counters.
*
* (2) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite error counters.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure statistics counter feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Stat counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Stat counters ENABLED */
/* Configure error counter feature (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Error counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Error counters ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK TIMER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR with the desired number of network TIMER objects.
*
* Timers are required for :
*
* (a) ARP & NDP cache entries
* (b) IP fragment reassembly
* (c) TCP state machine connections
* (d) IF Link status check-up
*
* (2) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ to schedule the execution frequency of the network timer
* task -- how often NetTmr_TaskHandler() is scheduled to run per second as implemented in
* NetTmr_Task().
*
* (a) NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ MUST NOT be configured as a floating-point frequency.
*
* See also 'net_tmr.h NETWORK TIMER TASK TIME DEFINES Notes #1 & #2'
* & 'net_tmr.c NetTmr_Task() Notes #1 & #2'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR 100
#define NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ 10
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK INTERFACE LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_IF_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
/* Configure specific interface(s) : */
#define NET_IF_CFG_LOOPBACK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_ETHER_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_WIFI_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Interface type DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED interface type ENABLED */
#define NET_IF_CFG_TX_SUSPEND_TIMEOUT_MS 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* ADDRESS RESOLUTION PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Address resolution protocol ONLY required for IPv4.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_ARP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 3
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NEIGHBOR DISCOVERY PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Neighbor Discovery Protocol ONLY required for IPv6.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_NDP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_DEST_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_PREFIX_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_ROUTER_NBR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET PROTOCOL LAYER VERSION CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv4
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv4 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv4 enabled. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv6
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv6. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Stateless Address Auto-Configuration. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_ADDR_AUTO_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Duplication Address Detection (DAD). */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_DAD_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 DAD disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 DAD enabled. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET GROUP MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL(MULTICAST) LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4 multicast support : */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Multicast rx or tx disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED Multicast rx or tx enabled. */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_HOST_GRP_NBR_MAX 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SOCKET LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) The maximum accept queue size represents the number of connection that can be queued by
* the stack before being accepted. For a TCP server when a connection is queued, it means
* that the SYN, ACK packet has been sent back, so the remote host can start transmitting
* data once the connection is queued and the stack will queue up all data received until
* the connection is accepted and the data is read.
*
* (2) Receive and transmit queue size MUST be properly configured to optimize performance.
*
* (a) It represents the number of bytes that can be queued by one socket. It's important
* that all socket are not able to queue more data than what the device can hold in its
* buffers.
*
* (b) The size should be also a multiple of the maximum segment size (MSS) to optimize
* performance. UDP MSS is 1470 and TCP MSS is 1460.
*
* (c) RX and TX queue size can be reduce at runtime using socket option API.
*
* (d) Window calculation example:
*
* Number of TCP connection : 2
* Number of UDP connection : 0
* Number of RX large buffer : 10
* Number of TX Large buffer : 6
* Number of TX small buffer : 2
* Size of RX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX small buffer : 60
*
* TCP MSS RX = 1460
* TCP MSS TX large buffer = 1460
* TCP MSS TX small buffer = 0
*
* Maximum receive window = (10 * 1460) = 14600 bytes
* Maximum transmit window = (6 * 1460) + (2 * 0) = 8760 bytes
*
* RX window size per socket = (14600 / 2) = 7300 bytes
* TX window size per socket = (8760 / 2) = 4380 bytes
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_TCP 2
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_UDP 1
/* Configure socket select functionality : */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SEL_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Socket select DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Socket select ENABLED */
/* Configure stream-type sockets' accept queue */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_CONN_ACCEPT_Q_SIZE_MAX 2
/* Configure sockets' buffer sizes in number of octets */
/* (see Note #2): */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
/* ================================== ADVANCED SOCKET CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By default sockets are set to block. Add the following define to set all sockets as non-blocking. Note that it's */
/* possible to change socket's blocking mode at runtime using socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_NO_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED */
/* */
/* By default random port start at 65000, redefine the following define to modify where random port start: */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_PORT_NBR_RANDOM_BASE 65000u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeouts. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_RX_Q_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_REQ_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACCEPT_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_CLOSE_MS 10000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure TCP support : */
#define NET_TCP_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED TCP layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED TCP layer ENABLED */
/* ========================================= ADVANCED TCP LAYER CONFIGURATION ========================================= */
/* By default TCP RX and TX windows are set to equal the socket RX and TX queue sizes. Default values can be changed by */
/* redefining the following defines. TCP windows must be properly configured to optimize performance (see note about */
/* Socket TX and RX windows). Note that it's possible to decrease window size at run time using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_RX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* */
/* As shown in the TCP state diagram (see RFC #793), before moving from 'TIME-WAIT' state to 'CLOSED' state a timeout */
/* (2MSL) must expire. This means that the TCP connection cannot be made available for subsequent TCP connections until */
/* this timeout. It can be a problem for embedded systems with low resources especially when many TCP connections are */
/* made in a small period of time since it is possible to run out of free TCP connections quickly. Therefore this */
/* timeout is set to 0 by default to avoid this kind of problem and the connection is made available as soon as the */
/* 'TIME-WAIT' state is reached. However, it's possible to set the default MSL timeout to something else by redefining */
/* the following define. Note that it is possible to change the MSL timeout for a specific TCP connection using Socket */
/* option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_MAX_SEG_SEC 0u */
/* */
/* To avoid leaving a connection in the FIN_WAIT_2 state forever when a connection moves from the 'FIN_WAIT_1' state to */
/* the FIN_WAIT_2, the TCP connection's timer is set to 15 second, and when it expires the connection is dropped. Thus, */
/* if the other host doesn't response to the close request, the connection will still be closed after the timeout. */
/* This default timeout can be change by redefining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_FIN_WAIT_2_SEC 15u */
/* */
/* The number of TCP connections is configured following the number of TCP sockets and the accept queue size when the */
/* MSL is set to 0 ms. However, since the default MSL can be modified, it might be needed to increase the number of TCP */
/* connections to establish more connections when waiting for the MSL expiration. It is possible to add more TCP */
/* connections by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_NBR_CONN 0u */
/* */
/* By default an 'ACK' is generated within 500 ms of the arrival of the first unacknowledged packet, as specified in */
/* RFC #2581, Section 4.2. However it's possible to modify this value by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACK_DLY_MS 500u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeout. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_RX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_TX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_APP_API_SEL with the desired configuration for demultiplexing
* UDP datagrams to application connections :
*
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to application-specific
* connections ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets first;
* if NO socket connection found to demultiplex
* a UDP datagram, demultiplex to application-
* specific connection.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxDatagram() Note #1'
* & 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxAppData() Note #1'.
*
* (2) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally ... discard
* ... [or allow] ... received ... UDP datagrams without checksums".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN to enable/disable discarding of UDP
* datagrams received with NO computed check-sum :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are discarded.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are flagged so
* that application(s) may handle &/or discard.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktValidate() Note #4d3A'.
*
* (3) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally be able to
* control whether a UDP checksum will be generated".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN to enable/disable transmitting UDP datagrams
* with check-sums :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted with a computed check-sum.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted without a computed check-sum.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_TxPktPrepareHdr() Note #3b'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure UDP Receive Check-Sum Discard feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED UDP Check-Sums Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Validated */
/* DEF_ENABLED UDP Datagrams Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Discarded */
/* Configure UDP Transmit Check-Sum feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #3b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Transmit Check-Sums DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Transmit Check-Sums ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SECURITY MANAGER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) The network security layer can be enabled ONLY if the application project contains a secure module
* supported by uC/TCPIP such as:
*
* (a) NanoSSL provided by Mocana.
* (b) CyaSSL provided by YaSSL.
*
* (2) The network security port must be also added to the project. Security port can be found under the folder:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Secure/<module>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network security layer (See Note #1 & #2): */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Security layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Security layer ENABLED */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_SERVER 2u /* Configure total number of server secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_CLIENT 2u /* Configure total number of client secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers certificate maximum length (bytes) */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_KEY_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers key maximum length (bytes) */
/* Configure maximum number of certificate authorities */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_CA 1u /* that can be installed. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CA_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure CA certificate maximum length (bytes) */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERFACE CHECKSUM OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) These configuration can be enabled only if all your interfaces support specific checksum offload
* option.
*
* (2) By default a driver should enabled the all checksum offload option.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ========================================== ADVANCED OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION ========================================== */
/* By default all checksum are validated by the stack however it is possible to enable or disable specific checksum */
/* validate and calculation if the interface controller is able to achieve it. You can add the following define in this */
/* file to change the default behavior. */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- IPv4 CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- ICMP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- UDP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- TCP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/* ======================================================= END ======================================================== */
#endif /* NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED

115
src/APP/Aufgabe6/ps7/core0/cfg/net_xil_ether_lite_dev_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_dev_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.00
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*
* Note(s) : (1) This network device configuration header file is protected from multiple pre-processor
* inclusion through use of the network module present pre-processor macro definition.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT /* See Note #1. */
#define NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/net_cfg_net.h>
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_ether.h>
#endif
#ifdef NET_IF_WIFI_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_wifi.h>
#endif
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network device maps to a unique, developer-configured device configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_dev_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to NetIF_Add().
*
* (b) Since these device configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures. However,
* the following naming convention is suggested for all developer-configured network
* device configuration structures :
*
* NetDev_Cfg_<Device>[_Number]
*
* where
* <Device> Name of device or device driver
* [Number] Network device number for each specific instance of
* device (optional if the development board does NOT
* support multiple instances of the specific device)
*
* Examples :
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_MACB; Ethernet configuration for MACB
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_0; Ethernet configuration for FEC #0
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_1; Ethernet configuration for FEC #1
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_WIFI NetDev_Cfg_RS9110N21_0; Wireless configuration for RS9110-N-21
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
extern NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_AXIEthernetLite_0;
extern NET_PHY_CFG_ETHER NetPhy_Cfg_Ether_0;
#endif /* NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

96
src/APP/Aufgabe6/ps7/core0/cfg/shell_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell Utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/Shell is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* SHELL UTILITY CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : shell_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : SR
* FBJ
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef SHELL_CFG_H
#define SHELL_CFG_H
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* SHELL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the size of the table used to hold the various modules' command tables. Command
* tables are added using the Shell_CmdTblAdd() function. Once the table is full, it is not
* possible to add any more unless Shell_CmdTblRem() is first called.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum number or argument(s) a command may pass on the string holding the
* complete command. The minimum value is 1.
*
* (3) Defines the maximum length for module command name, including the NULL character.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_TBL_SIZE 3 /* Cfg Shell cmd tbl size (see Note #1). */
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_ARG_NBR_MAX 5 /* Cfg cmd max nbr of arg (see Note #2). */
#define SHELL_CFG_MODULE_CMD_NAME_LEN_MAX 6 /* Cfg module cmd name len (See Note #3). */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRACING
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define TRACE_LEVEL_OFF 0u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_INFO
#define TRACE_LEVEL_INFO 1u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_DBG
#define TRACE_LEVEL_DBG 2u
#endif
#define SHELL_TRACE_LEVEL TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define SHELL_TRACE printf
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif

70
src/APP/Aufgabe6/ps7/core0/cfg/terminal_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
* Knowledge of the source code may not be used to write a similar
* product. This file may only be used in accordance with a license
* and should not be redistributed in any way.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* TERMINAL
*
* CONFIGURATION TEMPLATE FILE
*
* Filename : terminal_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : BAN
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 16u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size of the task stacks (# of OS_STK entries)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 1024u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TERMINAL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the maximum length of a command entered on the terminal, in characters.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum path length of the Current Working Directory (CWD).
*
* (3) Enables/disables command history.
*
* (4) Defines the number of items to hold in the command history.
*
* (5) Defines the length of a item in the command history. If a command is entered into the
* terminal that exceeds this length, then only the first characters, up to this number of
* characters, will be copied into the command history.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_CMD_LEN 260u /* Cfg max cmd len (see Note #1). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_PATH_LEN 260u /* Cfg max path len (see Note #2). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_EN DEF_ENABLED /* En/dis history (see Note #3). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEMS_NBR 16u /* Cfg nbr history items (see Note #4). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEM_LEN 64u /* Cfg history item len (see Note #5). */

82
src/APP/Aufgabe7/ps7/core0/cfg/app_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* (c) Copyright 2014-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* This BSP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* MICRIUM BOARD SUPPORT PACKAGE
*
* Filename : app_cfg.h
* Version : V1.42
* Programmer(s) : JBL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#define UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT
#include <lib_def.h>
#include <xparameters.h>
#define APP_CPU_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_LIB_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_COMMON_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_SHELL_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_CLK_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSIII_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OSII_ENABLED DEF_ENABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TCPIP_EXP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DHCPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_DNSC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_HTTPC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_MQTTC_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_TELNETS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_IPERF_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_FS_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBD_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_USBH_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define APP_OPENAMP_ENABLED DEF_DISABLED
#define OS_TASK_TMR_PRIO 3
#endif /* #ifndef UCOS_APP_CFG_PRESENT */

202
src/APP/Aufgabe7/ps7/core0/cfg/can_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN
* The Embedded CAN suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2003-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/CAN is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/CAN CONFIGURATION
*
* ZYNQ ZC7000 Series
* CAN DRIVER
* Filename : can_cfg.h
* Version : V2.41.00
* Programmer(s) : E0
* DC
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_
#define _CAN_CFG_H_
#include "lib_def.h"
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMMON DEFINES & ENUMERATIONS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Definiton for CANSIG_GRANULARITY, Options: */
#define CAN_CFG_BIT 0u /* BIT */
#define CAN_CFG_BYTE 1u /* BYTE */
#ifndef CAN_FALSE
#define CAN_FALSE 0u
#endif
#ifndef CAN_TRUE
#define CAN_TRUE 1u
#endif
#ifndef NULL_PTR
#define NULL_PTR (void *)0
#endif
/* ------------ APPLICATION ENUMERATIONS -------------- */
enum {
S_NODESTATUS = 0,
S_CPULOAD,
S_COUNTER,
S_MAX,
};
enum {
M_STATUS = 0,
M_COMMAND,
M_MAX
};
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MULTIPLE CAN CONTROLLERS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_0 DEF_ENABLED
#define CAN_MODULE_CHANNEL_1 DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DRIVER SPECIFIC DEFINES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ---------------- BAUDRATE SETTINGS ----------------- */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_BAUDRATE 1000000u /* Default Baudrate */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_SP 750u /* Default Bit Sample Point in 1/10 % */
#define CAN_DEFAULT_RJW 125u /* Default Re-Synch Jump Width in 1/10 % */
/* ---------------- TIMEOUT SETTINGS ------------------ */
#define CAN_TIMEOUT_ERR_VAL 100000uL /* Timeout Value for While Loop Error Checks */
/* ================================== ADVANCED DRIVER CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By Default, the following Driver specific settings for the ZYNQ ZC7xxx Driver are set to their default values */
/* unless they are modified by customer needs. */
/* */
/* By Default, the Watermark level is configured to Maximum Watermark Value in the Driver, based on the reset value */
/* presented by the Reference Manual. Redefine the following define to modify the Watermark Level for the following. */
/* Tx FIFO Empty & Rx FIFO Full Watermark Level(s): */
/* NOTE : The VALID range is between 1 & 63. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_WATERMARK_Rx_Tx_SIZE 63u */
/* */
/* By Default, the Operating Mode of the CAN controller is configured to "NORMAL" Mode. For diagnostic checking, */
/* additional operating modes have been included in the driver. Redefine the following define to modify the Operating */
/* Mode to either "LOOP BACK" or "SNOOP" Mode(s). */
/* NOTE that only one operating mode can be selected at once at Initialization. Once CAN has been Initialized it */
/* is possible to change between Operating Modes at run-time using the xxx_CAN_IoCtl() API Function call. */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_OFF 0u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK 1u */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SNOOP 2u */
/* */
/* #define CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_SELECT CAN_DIAGNOSTIC_LOOPBACK */
/* */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN BUS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANBUS_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Bus Management */
#define CANBUS_N 3u /* Number of busses */
#define CANBUS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANBUS_TX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusTxHandler */
#define CANBUS_RX_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusRxHandler */
#define CANBUS_NS_HANDLER_EN 1u /* Enable usage of CanBusNsHandler */
#define CANBUS_STAT_EN 1u /* Enable Bus Statistics */
#define CANBUS_TX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Transmit Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_RX_QSIZE (2u * CANBUS_N) /* Receive Queue Size in CAN Frames for each CAN Bus */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_NS_EN 1u /* Enable Node Status Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_HOOK_RX_EN 1u /* Enable Rx Handler Hook Function */
#define CANBUS_RX_READ_ALWAYS_EN 1u /* If enabled the Rx Handler executes a read even.. */
/* .. when frames can't be allocated */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN MESSAGE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANMSG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Message Support */
#define CANMSG_N 2u /* Number of messages */
#define CANMSG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN SIGNAL
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANSIG_EN 1u /* Enable CAN Signal Database */
#define CANSIG_N 3u /* Number of signals */
#define CANSIG_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
#define CANSIG_MAX_WIDTH 4u /* Maximal signal width in byte */
#define CANSIG_GRANULARITY CAN_CFG_BYTE /* Set signal resolution to byte */
#define CANSIG_STATIC_CONFIG 1u /* To reduce memory usage, declare static signal table */
#define CANSIG_USE_DELETE 0u /* To reduce memory usage don't use delete functions */
#define CANSIG_CALLBACK_EN 0u /* Enable callback functions */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN FRAME
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANFRM_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CAN OS
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define CANOS_ARG_CHK_EN 1u /* Enable runtime argument checking */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* CONFIGURATION END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* #ifndef _CAN_CFG_H_ */

146
src/APP/Aufgabe7/ps7/core0/cfg/dhcp-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,146 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DHCPc
* Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Client
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DHCP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DHCP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dhcp-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.10.00
* Programmer(s) : SR
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
* Notes: (1) Task priorities configuration values should be used by the DHCPc OS port. The following task priorities
* should be defined:
*
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO
* DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO
*
* Task priorities can be defined either in this configuration file 'dhcp-c_cfg.h' or in a global
* OS tasks priorities configuration header file which must be included in 'dhcp-c_cfg.h'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* See Note #1. */
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 13
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_PRIO 14
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size (depth) of the task stacks (See the definition of CPU_STK for stack width)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 512
#define DHCPc_OS_CFG_TMR_TASK_STK_SIZE 256
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc
*
* Note(s) : (1) Default port for DHCP server is 67, and default port for DHCP client is 68.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF to the maximum number of interface this DHCP client will
* be able to manage at a given time.
*
* (4) Once the DHCP server has assigned the client an address, the later may perform a final
* check prior to use this address in order to make sure it is not being used by another
* host on the network.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_SERVER 67
#define DHCPc_CFG_IP_PORT_CLIENT 68
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_RX_TIMEOUT_MS 1000
#define DHCPc_CFG_PARAM_REQ_TBL_SIZE 5
#define DHCPc_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
#define DHCPc_CFG_ADDR_VALIDATE_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* ... (see Note #4) : */
/* DEF_DISABLED Validation NOT performed */
/* DEF_ENABLED Validation performed */
#define DHCPc_CFG_DYN_LOCAL_LINK_ADDR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED local-link configuration DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED local-link configuration ENABLED */
#define DHCPc_CFG_LOCAL_LINK_MAX_RETRY 3
/* link-local address. */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DHCPc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client internal debug
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the DHCP client.
*
* (3) Configure DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the DHCP client from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define DHCPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #3) : */
#define DHCPc_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */

111
src/APP/Aufgabe7/ps7/core0/cfg/dns-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/DNSc
* Domain Name Server (client)
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2014; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/DNSc is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* DNS CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : dns-c_cfg.h
* Version : V2.00.01
* Programmer(s) : AA
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define DNSc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/dns-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the DNS client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* See Note 1. */
#define DNSc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED External argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED External argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc FEATURES CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN to enable/disable the DNS client asynchronous communication mode:
*
* (a) When ENABLED, A dedicated task will handle all host resolution request. It will be possible to
* call DNS API to get remote host address without blocking.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always block until the resolution is completed.
*
* (2) Configure DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the asynchronous
* communication is enabled.
*
* (a) When ENABLED, It will be possible to block when calling the DNS API to get remote host until the
* resolution is completed (via a flag option).
*
* (b) When DISABLED, The API to get remote host will always be non-blocking, must poll DNS client to
* know when the resolution is completed.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure asynchronous mode feature, See Note #1 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Asynchronous mode DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Asynchronous mode ENABLED */
/* Configure blocking option feature, See Note #2 ... */
#define DNSc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Blocking option DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Blocking option ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* DNSc RUN-TIME STRUCTURE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) These structures should be defined into a 'C' file.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const DNSc_CFG DNSc_Cfg; /* Must always be defined. */
#if (DNSc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_EN == DEF_ENABLED)
extern const DNSc_CFG_TASK DNSc_CfgTask; /* Not required when Asynchronous mode is disabled. */
#endif
#endif

224
src/APP/Aufgabe7/ps7/core0/cfg/http-c_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/HTTP
* Hypertext Transfer Protocol
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/HTTP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* HTTP CLIENT CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : http-c_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.01
* Programmer(s) : MM
* AL
*********************************************************************************************************
* Note(s) : (1) Assumes the following versions (or more recent) of software modules are included in
* the project build :
*
* (a) uC/CPU V1.29.02
* (b) uC/LIB V1.38.00
* (c) uC/Common V1.00.00
* (d) uC/TCP-IP V3.03.00
*
*
* (2) For additional details on the features available with uC/HTTPc, the API, the
* installation, etc. Please refer to the uC/HTTPc documentation available at
* https://doc.micrium.com/HTTPc.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <Common/http.h>
#include <Client/Source/http-c_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* COMPILE-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the HTTP client external argument
* check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* are checked/validated.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT TASK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN to enable/disable HTTP client task.
* (a) DEF_DISABLED : No HTTP client task will be created to process the HTTP requests.
* The Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled.
*
* (b) DEF_ENABLED : An HTTP client task will be created to process all the HTTP requests.
* The Non-Blocking HTTPc API will be enabled. Therefore, multiple
* connections can be handle by the task simultaneously.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN to enable/disable the blocking option when the
* asynchronous HTTPc Task is enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_ASYNC_TASK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_MODE_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT PERSISTENT CONNECTION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN to enable/disable Persistent Connection support.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_PERSISTENT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT CHUNKED TRANSFER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN to enable/disable Chunked Transfer support in Transmission.
*
* (2) Chunked Transfer in Reception is always enabled.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_CHUNK_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT QUERY STRING CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN to enable/disable Query String support in URL.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_QUERY_STR_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT HEADER FIELD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in reception
* (i.e for headers received in the HTTP response.
*
* (2) Configure HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN to enable/disable header field processing in transmission
* (i.e for headers to include in the HTTP request.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define HTTPc_CFG_HDR_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT FORM CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN to enable/disable HTTP form creation source code.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_FORM_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT USER DATA CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN to enable/disable user data pointer in HTTPc_CONN
* and HTTPc_REQ structure.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_USER_DATA_EN DEF_ENABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* HTTP CLIENT WEBSOCKET CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN to enable/disable the Websocket feature.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define HTTPc_CFG_WEBSOCKET_EN DEF_DISABLED
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* RUN-TIME CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const HTTP_TASK_CFG HTTPc_TaskCfg;
extern const HTTPc_CFG HTTPc_Cfg;
/* =============================================== END =============================================== */
#endif /* HTTPc_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

58
src/APP/Aufgabe7/ps7/core0/cfg/intr_timer.h
View File

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
/*
* intr_timer.h
*
* Created on: Nov 13, 2018
* Author: laurenzb
*/
#ifndef SRC_APP_AUFGABE3_PS7_CORE0_CFG_INTR_TIMER_H_
/************************** Constant Definitions *****************************/
/*
* The following constants map to the XPAR parameters created in the
* xparameters.h file. They are only defined here such that a user can easily
* change all the needed parameters in one place.
*/
#define TTC_TICK_DEVICE_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_1_DEVICE_ID
#define TTC_TICK_INTR_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_1_INTR
#define TTC_PWM_DEVICE_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_0_DEVICE_ID
#define TTC_PWM_INTR_ID XPAR_XTTCPS_0_INTR
#define TTCPS_CLOCK_HZ XPAR_XTTCPS_0_CLOCK_HZ
#define INTC_DEVICE_ID XPAR_SCUGIC_SINGLE_DEVICE_ID
/*
* Constants to set the basic operating parameters.
* PWM_DELTA_DUTY is critical to the running time of the test. Smaller values
* make the test run longer.
*/
#define TICK_TIMER_FREQ_HZ 100 /* Tick timer counter's output frequency */
#define PWM_OUT_FREQ 350 /* PWM timer counter's output frequency */
#define PWM_DELTA_DUTY 50 /* Initial and increment to duty cycle for PWM */
#define TICKS_PER_CHANGE_PERIOD TICK_TIMER_FREQ_HZ * 5 /* Tick signals PWM */
/************************** Function Prototypes ******************************/
static int TmrInterruptExample(void); /* Main test */
/* Set up routines for timer counters */
static int SetupTicker(void);
static int SetupPWM(void);
static int SetupTimer(int DeviceID);
/* Interleaved interrupt test for both timer counters */
static int WaitForDutyCycleFull(void);
static int SetupInterruptSystem(u16 IntcDeviceID, XScuGic *IntcInstancePtr);
static void TickHandler(void *CallBackRef);
static void PWMHandler(void *CallBackRef);
#endif /* SRC_APP_AUFGABE3_PS7_CORE0_CFG_INTR_TIMER_H_ */

676
src/APP/Aufgabe7/ps7/core0/cfg/net_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,676 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_cfg.h
* Version : V3.03.01
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INCLUDE FILES
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#include <net_def.h>
#include <net_type.h>
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#define NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK EXTERNAL APPLICATION CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) When uC/DNS-Client is present in the project some high level functions can resolve hostname.
* So uC/TCPIP should know that uC/DNS-Client is present to call the proper API.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure DNS Client feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_EXT_MODULE_CFG_DNS_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED DNS Client is DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED DNS Client is ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network task maps to a unique, developer-configured task configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to Net_Init().
*
* (b) Since these task configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetRxTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTxDeallocTaskCfg;
extern const NET_TASK_CFG NetTmrTaskCfg;
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS Q CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Rx queue size should be configured such that it reflects the total number of DMA receive descriptors on all
* devices. If DMA is not available, or a combination of DMA and I/O based interfaces are configured then this
* number reflects the maximum number of packets that can be acknowledged and signalled during a single receive
* interrupt event for all interfaces.
*
* (2) Tx queue size should be defined to be the total number of small and large transmit buffers declared for
* all interfaces.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_CFG_IF_RX_Q_SIZE 100
#define NET_CFG_IF_TX_DEALLOC_Q_SIZE 100
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) uC/TCP-IP code may call optimized assembly functions. Optimized assembly files/functions must be included
* in the project to be enabled. Optimized functions are located in files under folders:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Ports/<processor>/<compiler>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network protocol suite's assembly ... */
/* ... optimization (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CFG_OPTIMIZE_ASM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Assembly optimization DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Assembly optimization ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEBUG CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite from clearing
* internal data structure memory buffers; a convenient feature while debugging.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure memory clear feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_DBG_CFG_MEM_CLR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Data structure clears DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Data structure clears ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK ARGUMENT CHECK CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite external
* argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, ALL arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO arguments received from any port interface provided by the developer
* or application are checked/validated.
*
* (2) Configure NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN to enable/disable the network protocol suite internal,
* debug argument check feature :
*
* (a) When ENABLED, internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*
* (b) When DISABLED, NO internal arguments are checked/validated to debug the network protocol
* suite.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure external argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_EXT_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/* Configure internal argument check feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_ERR_CFG_ARG_CHK_DBG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Argument check DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Argument check ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK COUNTER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite statistics counters.
*
* (2) Configure NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN to enable/disable network protocol suite error counters.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure statistics counter feature (see Note #1) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_STAT_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Stat counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Stat counters ENABLED */
/* Configure error counter feature (see Note #2) : */
#define NET_CTR_CFG_ERR_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Error counters DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Error counters ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK TIMER MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR with the desired number of network TIMER objects.
*
* Timers are required for :
*
* (a) ARP & NDP cache entries
* (b) IP fragment reassembly
* (c) TCP state machine connections
* (d) IF Link status check-up
*
* (2) Configure NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ to schedule the execution frequency of the network timer
* task -- how often NetTmr_TaskHandler() is scheduled to run per second as implemented in
* NetTmr_Task().
*
* (a) NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ MUST NOT be configured as a floating-point frequency.
*
* See also 'net_tmr.h NETWORK TIMER TASK TIME DEFINES Notes #1 & #2'
* & 'net_tmr.c NetTmr_Task() Notes #1 & #2'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_TMR_CFG_NBR_TMR 100
#define NET_TMR_CFG_TASK_FREQ 10
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK INTERFACE LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_IF_CFG_MAX_NBR_IF 1
/* Configure specific interface(s) : */
#define NET_IF_CFG_LOOPBACK_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_ETHER_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_IF_CFG_WIFI_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Interface type DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED interface type ENABLED */
#define NET_IF_CFG_TX_SUSPEND_TIMEOUT_MS 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* ADDRESS RESOLUTION PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Address resolution protocol ONLY required for IPv4.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_ARP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 3
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NEIGHBOR DISCOVERY PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Neighbor Discovery Protocol ONLY required for IPv6.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_NDP_CFG_CACHE_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_DEST_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_PREFIX_NBR 5
#define NET_NDP_CFG_ROUTER_NBR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET PROTOCOL LAYER VERSION CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv4
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv4 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv4 enabled. */
#define NET_IPv4_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 1
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* IPv6
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv6. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Stateless Address Auto-Configuration. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_ADDR_AUTO_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 Auto-Cfg enabled. */
/* Configure IPv6 Duplication Address Detection (DAD). */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_DAD_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED IPv6 DAD disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED IPv6 DAD enabled. */
#define NET_IPv6_CFG_IF_MAX_NBR_ADDR 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERNET GROUP MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL(MULTICAST) LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure IPv4 multicast support : */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_RX_EN DEF_ENABLED
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_IPv4_TX_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Multicast rx or tx disabled. */
/* DEF_ENABLED Multicast rx or tx enabled. */
#define NET_MCAST_CFG_HOST_GRP_NBR_MAX 2
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SOCKET LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) The maximum accept queue size represents the number of connection that can be queued by
* the stack before being accepted. For a TCP server when a connection is queued, it means
* that the SYN, ACK packet has been sent back, so the remote host can start transmitting
* data once the connection is queued and the stack will queue up all data received until
* the connection is accepted and the data is read.
*
* (2) Receive and transmit queue size MUST be properly configured to optimize performance.
*
* (a) It represents the number of bytes that can be queued by one socket. It's important
* that all socket are not able to queue more data than what the device can hold in its
* buffers.
*
* (b) The size should be also a multiple of the maximum segment size (MSS) to optimize
* performance. UDP MSS is 1470 and TCP MSS is 1460.
*
* (c) RX and TX queue size can be reduce at runtime using socket option API.
*
* (d) Window calculation example:
*
* Number of TCP connection : 2
* Number of UDP connection : 0
* Number of RX large buffer : 10
* Number of TX Large buffer : 6
* Number of TX small buffer : 2
* Size of RX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX large buffer : 1518
* Size of TX small buffer : 60
*
* TCP MSS RX = 1460
* TCP MSS TX large buffer = 1460
* TCP MSS TX small buffer = 0
*
* Maximum receive window = (10 * 1460) = 14600 bytes
* Maximum transmit window = (6 * 1460) + (2 * 0) = 8760 bytes
*
* RX window size per socket = (14600 / 2) = 7300 bytes
* TX window size per socket = (8760 / 2) = 4380 bytes
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_TCP 2
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SOCK_NBR_UDP 1
/* Configure socket select functionality : */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_SEL_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Socket select DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Socket select ENABLED */
/* Configure stream-type sockets' accept queue */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_CONN_ACCEPT_Q_SIZE_MAX 2
/* Configure sockets' buffer sizes in number of octets */
/* (see Note #2): */
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
#define NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET 4096
/* ================================== ADVANCED SOCKET CONFIGURATION: DEFAULT VALUES ================================== */
/* By default sockets are set to block. Add the following define to set all sockets as non-blocking. Note that it's */
/* possible to change socket's blocking mode at runtime using socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_NO_BLOCK_EN DEF_ENABLED */
/* */
/* By default random port start at 65000, redefine the following define to modify where random port start: */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_PORT_NBR_RANDOM_BASE 65000u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeouts. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_RX_Q_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_REQ_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACCEPT_MS 10000u */
/* #define NET_SOCK_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_CLOSE_MS 10000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRANSMISSION CONTROL PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure TCP support : */
#define NET_TCP_CFG_EN DEF_ENABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED TCP layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED TCP layer ENABLED */
/* ========================================= ADVANCED TCP LAYER CONFIGURATION ========================================= */
/* By default TCP RX and TX windows are set to equal the socket RX and TX queue sizes. Default values can be changed by */
/* redefining the following defines. TCP windows must be properly configured to optimize performance (see note about */
/* Socket TX and RX windows). Note that it's possible to decrease window size at run time using Socket option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_RX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_RX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TX_WIN_SIZE_OCTET NET_SOCK_CFG_TX_Q_SIZE_OCTET */
/* */
/* As shown in the TCP state diagram (see RFC #793), before moving from 'TIME-WAIT' state to 'CLOSED' state a timeout */
/* (2MSL) must expire. This means that the TCP connection cannot be made available for subsequent TCP connections until */
/* this timeout. It can be a problem for embedded systems with low resources especially when many TCP connections are */
/* made in a small period of time since it is possible to run out of free TCP connections quickly. Therefore this */
/* timeout is set to 0 by default to avoid this kind of problem and the connection is made available as soon as the */
/* 'TIME-WAIT' state is reached. However, it's possible to set the default MSL timeout to something else by redefining */
/* the following define. Note that it is possible to change the MSL timeout for a specific TCP connection using Socket */
/* option API. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_MAX_SEG_SEC 0u */
/* */
/* To avoid leaving a connection in the FIN_WAIT_2 state forever when a connection moves from the 'FIN_WAIT_1' state to */
/* the FIN_WAIT_2, the TCP connection's timer is set to 15 second, and when it expires the connection is dropped. Thus, */
/* if the other host doesn't response to the close request, the connection will still be closed after the timeout. */
/* This default timeout can be change by redefining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_FIN_WAIT_2_SEC 15u */
/* */
/* The number of TCP connections is configured following the number of TCP sockets and the accept queue size when the */
/* MSL is set to 0 ms. However, since the default MSL can be modified, it might be needed to increase the number of TCP */
/* connections to establish more connections when waiting for the MSL expiration. It is possible to add more TCP */
/* connections by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_NBR_CONN 0u */
/* */
/* By default an 'ACK' is generated within 500 ms of the arrival of the first unacknowledged packet, as specified in */
/* RFC #2581, Section 4.2. However it's possible to modify this value by defining the following define. */
/* */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_ACK_DLY_MS 500u */
/* */
/* When a socket is set as blocking the following default timeout values are used. Redefine the following defines to */
/* change default timeout. Timeout values may also be configured with network time constant, NET_TMR_TIME_INFINITE, */
/* to never time out. Note that it's possible to change at runtime any timeout values using Socket option API. */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_RX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* #define NET_TCP_DFLT_TIMEOUT_CONN_TX_Q_MS 1000u */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* USER DATAGRAM PROTOCOL LAYER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_APP_API_SEL with the desired configuration for demultiplexing
* UDP datagrams to application connections :
*
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to application-specific
* connections ONLY.
* NET_UDP_APP_API_SEL_SOCK_APP Demultiplex UDP datagrams to BSD sockets first;
* if NO socket connection found to demultiplex
* a UDP datagram, demultiplex to application-
* specific connection.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxDatagram() Note #1'
* & 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktDemuxAppData() Note #1'.
*
* (2) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally ... discard
* ... [or allow] ... received ... UDP datagrams without checksums".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN to enable/disable discarding of UDP
* datagrams received with NO computed check-sum :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are discarded.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams received without a check-sum are flagged so
* that application(s) may handle &/or discard.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_RxPktValidate() Note #4d3A'.
*
* (3) (a) RFC #1122, Section 4.1.3.4 states that "an application MAY optionally be able to
* control whether a UDP checksum will be generated".
*
* (b) Configure NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN to enable/disable transmitting UDP datagrams
* with check-sums :
*
* (1) When ENABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted with a computed check-sum.
*
* (2) When DISABLED, ALL UDP datagrams are transmitted without a computed check-sum.
*
* See also 'net_udp.c NetUDP_TxPktPrepareHdr() Note #3b'.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure UDP Receive Check-Sum Discard feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #2b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_RX_CHK_SUM_DISCARD_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED UDP Check-Sums Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Validated */
/* DEF_ENABLED UDP Datagrams Received without ... */
/* Check-Sums Discarded */
/* Configure UDP Transmit Check-Sum feature ... */
/* ... (see Note #3b) : */
#define NET_UDP_CFG_TX_CHK_SUM_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Transmit Check-Sums DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Transmit Check-Sums ENABLED */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK SECURITY MANAGER CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) The network security layer can be enabled ONLY if the application project contains a secure module
* supported by uC/TCPIP such as:
*
* (a) NanoSSL provided by Mocana.
* (b) CyaSSL provided by YaSSL.
*
* (2) The network security port must be also added to the project. Security port can be found under the folder:
*
* $uC-TCPIP/Secure/<module>
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* Configure network security layer (See Note #1 & #2): */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_EN DEF_DISABLED
/* DEF_DISABLED Security layer DISABLED */
/* DEF_ENABLED Security layer ENABLED */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_SERVER 2u /* Configure total number of server secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_SOCK_CLIENT 2u /* Configure total number of client secure sockets. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers certificate maximum length (bytes) */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_KEY_LEN 1500u /* Configure servers key maximum length (bytes) */
/* Configure maximum number of certificate authorities */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_NBR_CA 1u /* that can be installed. */
#define NET_SECURE_CFG_MAX_CA_CERT_LEN 1500u /* Configure CA certificate maximum length (bytes) */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* INTERFACE CHECKSUM OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s): (1) These configuration can be enabled only if all your interfaces support specific checksum offload
* option.
*
* (2) By default a driver should enabled the all checksum offload option.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/* ========================================== ADVANCED OFFLOAD CONFIGURATION ========================================== */
/* By default all checksum are validated by the stack however it is possible to enable or disable specific checksum */
/* validate and calculation if the interface controller is able to achieve it. You can add the following define in this */
/* file to change the default behavior. */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- IPv4 CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* -------------------------------------------------- ICMP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- UDP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* */
/* --------------------------------------------------- TCP CHECKSUM --------------------------------------------------- */
/* Configure validation in reception. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* */
/* Configure calculation in transmission. */
/* #define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED */
/* ==================================================================================================================== */
/* ======================================================= END ======================================================== */
#endif /* NET_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_IPV4_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_ICMP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_UDP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_RX_EN DEF_DISABLED
#define NET_TCP_CFG_CHK_SUM_OFFLOAD_TX_EN DEF_DISABLED

115
src/APP/Aufgabe7/ps7/core0/cfg/net_xil_ether_lite_dev_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/TCP-IP
* The Embedded TCP/IP Suite
*
* (c) Copyright 2004-2015; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/TCP-IP is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can find our product's user manual, API reference, release notes and
* more information at: https://doc.micrium.com
*
* You can contact us at: http://www.micrium.com
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : net_dev_cfg.h
* Version : V3.00.00
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*
* Note(s) : (1) This network device configuration header file is protected from multiple pre-processor
* inclusion through use of the network module present pre-processor macro definition.
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT /* See Note #1. */
#define NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT
#include <Source/net_cfg_net.h>
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_ether.h>
#endif
#ifdef NET_IF_WIFI_MODULE_EN
#include <IF/net_if_wifi.h>
#endif
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* NETWORK DEVICE CONFIGURATION
*
* Note(s) : (1) (a) Each network device maps to a unique, developer-configured device configuration that
* MUST be defined in application files, typically 'net_dev_cfg.c', & SHOULD be forward-
* declared with the exact same name & type in order to be used by the application during
* calls to NetIF_Add().
*
* (b) Since these device configuration structures are referenced ONLY by application files,
* there is NO required naming convention for these configuration structures. However,
* the following naming convention is suggested for all developer-configured network
* device configuration structures :
*
* NetDev_Cfg_<Device>[_Number]
*
* where
* <Device> Name of device or device driver
* [Number] Network device number for each specific instance of
* device (optional if the development board does NOT
* support multiple instances of the specific device)
*
* Examples :
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_MACB; Ethernet configuration for MACB
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_0; Ethernet configuration for FEC #0
* NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_Cfg_FEC_1; Ethernet configuration for FEC #1
*
* NET_DEV_CFG_WIFI NetDev_Cfg_RS9110N21_0; Wireless configuration for RS9110-N-21
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifdef NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN
extern NET_DEV_CFG_ETHER NetDev_AXIEthernetLite_0;
extern NET_PHY_CFG_ETHER NetPhy_Cfg_Ether_0;
#endif /* NET_IF_ETHER_MODULE_EN */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif /* NET_DEV_CFG_MODULE_PRESENT */

96
src/APP/Aufgabe7/ps7/core0/cfg/shell_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell Utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
*
* uC/Shell is provided in source form to registered licensees ONLY. It is
* illegal to distribute this source code to any third party unless you receive
* written permission by an authorized Micrium representative. Knowledge of
* the source code may NOT be used to develop a similar product.
*
* Please help us continue to provide the Embedded community with the finest
* software available. Your honesty is greatly appreciated.
*
* You can contact us at www.micrium.com.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* SHELL UTILITY CONFIGURATION FILE
*
* TEMPLATE
*
* Filename : shell_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : SR
* FBJ
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef SHELL_CFG_H
#define SHELL_CFG_H
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* SHELL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the size of the table used to hold the various modules' command tables. Command
* tables are added using the Shell_CmdTblAdd() function. Once the table is full, it is not
* possible to add any more unless Shell_CmdTblRem() is first called.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum number or argument(s) a command may pass on the string holding the
* complete command. The minimum value is 1.
*
* (3) Defines the maximum length for module command name, including the NULL character.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_TBL_SIZE 3 /* Cfg Shell cmd tbl size (see Note #1). */
#define SHELL_CFG_CMD_ARG_NBR_MAX 5 /* Cfg cmd max nbr of arg (see Note #2). */
#define SHELL_CFG_MODULE_CMD_NAME_LEN_MAX 6 /* Cfg module cmd name len (See Note #3). */
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TRACING
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define TRACE_LEVEL_OFF 0u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_INFO
#define TRACE_LEVEL_INFO 1u
#endif
#ifndef TRACE_LEVEL_DBG
#define TRACE_LEVEL_DBG 2u
#endif
#define SHELL_TRACE_LEVEL TRACE_LEVEL_OFF
#define SHELL_TRACE printf
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* MODULE END
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#endif

70
src/APP/Aufgabe7/ps7/core0/cfg/terminal_cfg.h
View File

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* uC/Shell
* Shell utility
*
* (c) Copyright 2007-2013; Micrium, Inc.; Weston, FL
*
* All rights reserved. Protected by international copyright laws.
* Knowledge of the source code may not be used to write a similar
* product. This file may only be used in accordance with a license
* and should not be redistributed in any way.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
*
* TERMINAL
*
* CONFIGURATION TEMPLATE FILE
*
* Filename : terminal_cfg.h
* Version : V1.03.01
* Programmer(s) : BAN
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TASKS PRIORITIES
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_PRIO 16u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* STACK SIZES
* Size of the task stacks (# of OS_STK entries)
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_OS_CFG_TASK_STK_SIZE 1024u
/*
*********************************************************************************************************
* TERMINAL
*
* Note(s) : (1) Defines the maximum length of a command entered on the terminal, in characters.
*
* (2) Defines the maximum path length of the Current Working Directory (CWD).
*
* (3) Enables/disables command history.
*
* (4) Defines the number of items to hold in the command history.
*
* (5) Defines the length of a item in the command history. If a command is entered into the
* terminal that exceeds this length, then only the first characters, up to this number of
* characters, will be copied into the command history.
*********************************************************************************************************
*/
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_CMD_LEN 260u /* Cfg max cmd len (see Note #1). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_MAX_PATH_LEN 260u /* Cfg max path len (see Note #2). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_EN DEF_ENABLED /* En/dis history (see Note #3). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEMS_NBR 16u /* Cfg nbr history items (see Note #4). */
#define TERMINAL_CFG_HISTORY_ITEM_LEN 64u /* Cfg history item len (see Note #5). */